8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 1/310
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
V900R008C15
BSC Hardware Description
Issue 01
Date 2010-01-30
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 2/310
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 3/310
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2010. All rights reserved.
No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written
consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Trademarks and Permissions
and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders.
Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the
customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the
purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information,and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or representations
of any kind, either express or implied.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute the warranty of any kind, express or implied.
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Address: Huawei Industrial Base
Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China
Website: http://www.huawei.com
Email: [email protected]
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
i
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 4/310
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 5/310
About This Document
Purpose
This document describes the hardware components of the BSC. It provides the users with a
detailed and comprehensive reference to the Huawei BSC.
Product Version
The following table lists the product version related to this document.
Product Name Product Model Product Version
BSC BSC6000 V900R008C15
Intended Audience
This document is intended for:
l BSC installers
l BSC site maintenance personnel
Organization
1 Changes in BSC Hardware Description
This provides the changes of the BSC Hardware Description.
2 BSC Physical Structure
This describes the physical structure of the BSC, including the cabinet, cables, LMT computers,
and alarm box.
3 BSC Hardware Configuration Modes
The BSC has three hardware configuration modes: BM/TC separated, BM/TC combined, and
A over IP.
4 BSC Cabinet
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description About This Document
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iii
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 6/310
The BSC uses the Huawei N68E-22 cabinet. The cabinet is designed in compliance with
IEC60297 and IEEE standards.
5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)
This describes the components, cable connections, and engineering specifications of the GBCR that is configured with the GBAM.
6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)
This describes the components, cable connections, and engineering specifications of the GBCR
that is configured with the GOMU.
7 GBSR Cabinet
The GBSR processes the services of the BSC. A maximum of three GBSRs can be configured,
depending on traffic volume.
8 BSC Subracks
This describes BSC subracks. BSC subracks are used to integrate boards and backplanes into
an independent unit. BSC subracks are functionally classified into the GSM main processing
subrack (GMPS), GSM extended processing subrack (GEPS), and GSM transcoder subrack
(GTCS).
9 BSC Boards
This describes the boards in the BSC.
10 BSC Cables
This describes the cables of the BSC.
11 LEDs on BSC Parts
This describes the LEDs on the power distribution box and the panels.
12 DIP Switches on BSC Parts
This describes the DIP switches on the subracks and the boards.
Conventions
Symbol Conventions
The symbols that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
Symbol Description
Indicates a hazard with a high level of risk, which if not
avoided,will result in death or serious injury.
Indicates a hazard with a medium or low level of risk, which
if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, which if not
avoided,could result in equipment damage, data loss,
performance degradation, or unexpected results.
Organization
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
iv Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 7/310
Symbol Description
Indicates a tip that may help you solve a problem or save
time.
Provides additional information to emphasize or supplementimportant points of the main text.
General Conventions
The general conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
Convention Description
Times New Roman Normal paragraphs are in Times New Roman.
Boldface Names of files, directories, folders, and users are in
boldface. For example, log in as user root.
Italic Book titles are in italics.
Courier New Examples of information displayed on the screen are in
Courier New.
Command Conventions
The command conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
Convention Description
Boldface The keywords of a command line are in boldface.
Italic Command arguments are in italics.
[ ] Items (keywords or arguments) in brackets [ ] are optional.
{ x | y | ... } Optional items are grouped in braces and separated by
vertical bars. One item is selected.
[ x | y | ... ] Optional items are grouped in brackets and separated by
vertical bars. One item is selected or no item is selected.
{ x | y | ... }* Optional items are grouped in braces and separated by
vertical bars. A minimum of one item or a maximum of all
items can be selected.
[ x | y | ... ]* Optional items are grouped in brackets and separated by
vertical bars. Several items or no item can be selected.
GUI Conventions
The GUI conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description Organization
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
v
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 8/310
Convention Description
Boldface Buttons, menus, parameters, tabs, window, and dialog titles
are in boldface. For example, click OK .
> Multi-level menus are in boldface and separated by the ">"signs. For example, choose File > Create > Folder.
Keyboard Operations
The keyboard operations that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
Format Description
Key Press the key. For example, press Enter and press Tab.
Key 1+Key 2 Press the keys concurrently. For example, pressing Ctrl+Alt
+A means the three keys should be pressed concurrently.
Key 1, Key 2 Press the keys in turn. For example, pressing Alt, A means
the two keys should be pressed in turn.
Mouse Operations
The mouse operations that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
Action Description
Click Select and release the primary mouse button without moving
the pointer.
Double-click Press the primary mouse button twice continuously and
quickly without moving the pointer.
Drag Press and hold the primary mouse button and move the
pointer to a certain position.
Organization
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
vi Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 9/310
Contents
About This Document...................................................................................................................iii
1 Changes in BSC Hardware Description................................................................................1-1
2 BSC Physical Structure..............................................................................................................2-1
3 BSC Hardware Configuration Modes....................................................................................3-1
4 BSC Cabinet................................................................................................................................4-1
4.1 Appearance of the BSC Cabinet......................................................................................................................4-2
4.2 Classification of the BSC Cabinet...................................................................................................................4-3
5 GBCR (Config uration Type A)................................................................................................5-1
5.1 Components of the GBCR (Configuration Type A).......................................................................................5-3
5.2 BSC Common Power Distribution Box..........................................................................................................5-6
5.2.1 Front Panel of the BSC Common Power Distribution Box...................................................................5-7
5.2.2 LEDs on the Front Panel of the BSC Common Power Distribution Box..............................................5-85.2.3 Rear Panel of the BSC Common Power Distribution Box.....................................................................5-8
5.2.4 Technical Specifications of the BSC Common Power Distribution Box...............................................5-9
5.3 Air Defence Subrack.....................................................................................................................................5-10
5.4 KVM..............................................................................................................................................................5-11
5.5 LAN Switch...................................................................................................................................................5-12
5.6 Ca bling Frame...............................................................................................................................................5-14
5.7 GBAM...........................................................................................................................................................5-15
5.7.1 Functions of the GBAM.......................................................................................................................5-15
5.7.2 Appearance of the GBAM (IBM X3650T)..........................................................................................5-15
5.7.3 Appearance of the GBAM (C5210).....................................................................................................5-19
5.7.4 Appearance of the GBAM (HP CC3310)............................................................................................5-21
5.8 Rear Cable Trough........................................................................................................................................5-25
5.9 GBCR Cable Connections (Configuration Type A).....................................................................................5-25
5.9.1 Distribution of Power Switches in the GBCR (Configuration Type A)..............................................5-25
5.9.2 Connections of Power Cables and PGND Cables in the GBCR (Configuration Type A)...................5-26
5.9.3 Connections of Signal Cables in the GBCR (Configuration Type A).................................................5-30
5.10 Technical Specifications of the GBCR (Configuration Type A)................................................................5-36
6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)................................................................................................6-1
6.1 Components of the GBCR (Configuration Type B)........................................................................................6-2
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description Contents
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
vii
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 10/310
6.2 BSC High-Power Distribution Box.................................................................................................................6-5
6.2.1 Front Panel of the BSC High-Power Distribution Box..........................................................................6-6
6.2.2 LEDs on the Front Panel of the BSC High-Power Distribution Box.....................................................6-6
6.2.3 Rear Panel of the BSC High-Power Distribution Box...........................................................................6-7
6.2.4 Technical Specifications of the BSC High-Power Distribution Box.....................................................6-8
6.3 Cable Connections of the GBCR (Configuration Type B).............................................................................6-9
6.3.1 Distribution of Power Switches in the GBCR (Configuration Type B).................................................6-9
6.3.2 Connections of Power Cables and PGND Cables in the GBCR (Configuration Type B)...................6-11
6.3.3 Connections of Signal Cables in the GBCR (Configuration Type B)..................................................6-15
6.4 Technical Specifications of the GBCR (Configuration Type B)..................................................................6-19
7 GBSR Cabinet.............................................................................................................................7-1
7.1 Components of the GBSR...............................................................................................................................7-2
7.2 Cable Connections of the GBSR.....................................................................................................................7-5
7.2.1 Distribution of the Power Switches in the GBSR..................................................................................7-6
7.2.2 Connections of Power Cables and PGND Cables in the GBSR............................................................7-7
7.2.3 Connections of Signal Cables in the GBSR.........................................................................................7-12
7.3 Technical Specifications of the GBSR..........................................................................................................7-15
8 BSC Subracks..............................................................................................................................8-1
8.1 Components of the BSC Subrack....................................................................................................................8-2
8.2 BSC Fan Box...................................................................................................................................................8-4
8.2.1 Fan Box (Configuration PFCU).............................................................................................................8-5
8.2.2 Fan Box (Configuration PFCB).............................................................................................................8-7
8.3 BSC Slots........................................................................................................................................................8-9
8.4 DIP Switches on the BSC Subrack...............................................................................................................8-10
8.5 Configuration of the BSC Subrack................................................................................................................8-12
8.5.1 Configuration of the GMPS (Configuration Type A)..........................................................................8-12
8.5.2 Conf iguration of the GMPS (Configuration Type B)..........................................................................8-16
8.5.3 Conf iguration of the GEPS..................................................................................................................8-19
8.5.4 Configuration of the GTCS..................................................................................................................8-23
8.6 Technical Specifications of the BSC Subrack...............................................................................................8-24
9 BSC Boards..................................................................................................................................9-19.1 GEIUA............................................................................................................................................................9-6
9.1.1 Functions of the GEIUA........................................................................................................................9-6
9.1.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel.......................................................................................9-6
9.1.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel...................................................................9-7
9.1.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel...................................................................9-8
9.1.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)...............................................................9-9
9.2 GEIUB...........................................................................................................................................................9-11
9.2.1 Functions of the GEIUB.......................................................................................................................9-12
9.2.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel.....................................................................................9-12
9.2.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel.................................................................9-13
Contents
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
viii Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 11/310
9.2.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel.................................................................9-14
9.2.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa).............................................................9-15
9.3 GEIUP...........................................................................................................................................................9-17
9.3.1 Functions of the GEIUP.......................................................................................................................9-18
9.3.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel.....................................................................................9-18
9.3.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel.................................................................9-19
9.3.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel.................................................................9-20
9.3.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa).............................................................9-21
9.4 GEIUT...........................................................................................................................................................9-23
9.4.1 Functions of the GEIUT.......................................................................................................................9-24
9.4.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel.....................................................................................9-24
9.4.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel.................................................................9-25
9.4.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel.................................................................9-26
9.4.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa).............................................................9-27
9.5 GGCU............................................................................................................................................................9-29
9.5.1 Functions of the GGCU........................................................................................................................9-29
9.5.2 GGCU Panel.........................................................................................................................................9-30
9.5.3 LEDs on the GGCU Panel...................................................................................................................9-30
9.5.4 Ports on the GGCU Panel.....................................................................................................................9-31
9.6 GOIUA..........................................................................................................................................................9-32
9.6.1 Functions of the GOIUA......................................................................................................................9-32
9.6.2 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel...................................................................................9-32
9.6.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel..............................................................9-339.6.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel...............................................................9-34
9.6.5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa)..........................................9-35
9.7 GOIUB..........................................................................................................................................................9-35
9.7.1 Functions of the GOIUB......................................................................................................................9-36
9.7.2 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel...................................................................................9-36
9.7.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel..............................................................9-37
9.7.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel...............................................................9-38
9.7.5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa)..........................................9-39
9.8 GOIUP...........................................................................................................................................................9-39
9.8.1 Functions of the GOIUP.......................................................................................................................9-40
9.8.2 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel...................................................................................9-40
9.8.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel..............................................................9-41
9.8.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel...............................................................9-42
9.8.5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa)..........................................9-43
9.9 GOIUT..........................................................................................................................................................9-43
9.9.1 Functions of the GOIUT......................................................................................................................9-44
9.9.2 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel...................................................................................9-44
9.9.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel..............................................................9-45
9.9.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel...............................................................9-46
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description Contents
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
ix
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 12/310
9.9.5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa)..........................................9-47
9.10 GOMU.........................................................................................................................................................9-47
9.10.1 Functions of the GOMU.....................................................................................................................9-48
9.10.2 GOMU Panel......................................................................................................................................9-48
9.10.3 LEDs on the GOMU Panel.................................................................................................................9-49
9.10.4 Por ts on the GOMU Panel..................................................................................................................9-50
9.11 GSCU..........................................................................................................................................................9-50
9.11.1 Functions of the GSCU......................................................................................................................9-51
9.11.2 GSCU Panel.......................................................................................................................................9-51
9.11.3 LEDs on the GSCU Panel..................................................................................................................9-52
9.11.4 Por ts on the GSCU Panel...................................................................................................................9-53
9.12 GTNU..........................................................................................................................................................9-53
9.12.1 Functions of the GTNU......................................................................................................................9-53
9.12.2 GTNU Panel.......................................................................................................................................9-54
9.12.3 LEDs on the GTNU Panel..................................................................................................................9-54
9.12.4 Por ts on the GTNU Panel...................................................................................................................9-55
9.13 GXPUM......................................................................................................................................................9-55
9.13.1 Functions of the GXPUM..................................................................................................................9-56
9.13.2 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel...........................................................................................9-56
9.13.3 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel......................................................................9-57
9.13.4 Por ts on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel.......................................................................9-58
9.14 GXPUT........................................................................................................................................................9-58
9.14.1 Functions of the GXPUT....................................................................................................................9-599.14.2 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel...........................................................................................9-59
9.14.3 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel......................................................................9-60
9.14.4 Por ts on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel.......................................................................9-60
9.15 GXPUI.........................................................................................................................................................9-61
9.15.1 Functions of the GXPUI.....................................................................................................................9-61
9.15.2 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel...........................................................................................9-61
9.15.3 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel......................................................................9-62
9.15.4 Por ts on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel.......................................................................9-63
9.16 GFGUA.......................................................................................................................................................9-63
9.16.1 Functions of the GFGUA...................................................................................................................9-64
9.16.2 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel...........................................................................................9-64
9.16.3 LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel......................................................................9-65
9.16.4 Por ts on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel.......................................................................9-66
9.17 GFGUB.......................................................................................................................................................9-67
9.17.1 Functions of the GFGUB...................................................................................................................9-67
9.17.2 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel...........................................................................................9-68
9.17.3 LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel......................................................................9-68
9.17.4 Por ts on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel.......................................................................9-69
9.18 GFGUG.......................................................................................................................................................9-70
Contents
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
x Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 13/310
9.18.1 Functions of the GFGUG...................................................................................................................9-71
9.18.2 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel...........................................................................................9-71
9.18.3 LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel......................................................................9-72
9.18.4 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel.......................................................................9-73
9.19 GOGUA......................................................................................................................................................9-73
9.19.1 Functions of the GOGUA..................................................................................................................9-74
9.19.2 GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel.......................................................................................................9-74
9.19.3 LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel..................................................................................9-75
9.19.4 Ports on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel...................................................................................9-76
9.19.5 Technical Specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa)..............................................................9-76
9.20 GOGUB.......................................................................................................................................................9-77
9.20.1 Functions of the GOGUB...................................................................................................................9-77
9.20.2 GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel.......................................................................................................9-78
9.20.3 LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel..................................................................................9-78
9.20.4 Por ts on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel...................................................................................9-79
9.20.5 Technical Specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa)..............................................................9-79
9.21 GEHUB.......................................................................................................................................................9-80
9.21.1 Functions of the GEHUB...................................................................................................................9-81
9.21.2 GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel..........................................................................................................9-81
9.21.3 LEDs on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel.....................................................................................9-82
9.21.4 Ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel......................................................................................9-82
9.21.5 DIP Switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa)..................................................................................9-83
9.22 GEPUG........................................................................................................................................................9-869.22.1 Functions of the GEPUG....................................................................................................................9-86
9.22.2 GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel..........................................................................................................9-86
9.22.3 LEDs on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel.....................................................................................9-87
9.22.4 Ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel......................................................................................9-88
9.22.5 DIP Switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa)..................................................................................9-89
9.23 GDPUC.......................................................................................................................................................9-91
9.23.1 Functions of the GDPUC(DPUa).......................................................................................................9-91
9.23.2 GDPUC(DPUa) Panel........................................................................................................................9-91
9.23.3 LEDs on the GDPUC(DPUa) Panel...................................................................................................9-92
9.24 GDPUX.......................................................................................................................................................9-93
9.24.1 Functions of the GDPUX(DPUc).......................................................................................................9-93
9.24.2 GDPUX(DPUc) Panel........................................................................................................................9-94
9.24.3 LEDs on the GDPUX(DPUc) Panel...................................................................................................9-94
9.25 GDPUP........................................................................................................................................................9-95
9.25.1 Functions of the GDPUP(DPUd).......................................................................................................9-95
9.25.2 GDPUP(DPUd) Panel........................................................................................................................9-95
9.25.3 LEDs on the GDPUP(DPUd) Panel...................................................................................................9-96
9.26 MDMC........................................................................................................................................................9-97
9.26.1 Functions of the MDMC....................................................................................................................9-97
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description Contents
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
xi
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 14/310
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 15/310
11.9 LEDs on the GGCU Panel..........................................................................................................................11-8
11.10 LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel.........................................................................................11-9
11.11 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel...................................................................11-9
11.12 LEDs on the GOMU Panel......................................................................................................................11-10
11.13 LEDs on the GSCU Panel.......................................................................................................................11-11
11.14 LEDs on the GTNU Panel.......................................................................................................................11-12
11.15 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel...........................................................................11-13
11.16 LEDs on the MDMC Panel.....................................................................................................................11-13
11.17 LEDs on the PAMU Panel......................................................................................................................11-14
12 DIP Switches on BSC Parts..................................................................................................12-1
12.1 DIP Switches on the BSC Subrack.............................................................................................................12-2
12.2 DIP Switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa)...........................................................................................12-3
12.3 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)....................................................................12-6
12.4 DIP Switch on the MDMC..........................................................................................................................12-8
12.5 DIP Switch on the PAMU...........................................................................................................................12-9
12.6 DIP Switch on the PFCU..........................................................................................................................12-10
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description Contents
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
xiii
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 16/310
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 17/310
Figures
Figure 2-1 Physical structure of the BSC.............................................................................................................2-1
Figure 4-1 Single-door BSC cabinet....................................................................................................................4-2
Figure 4-2 Double-door BSC cabinet...................................................................................................................4-3
Figure 5-1 Outer components of the GBCR.........................................................................................................5-4
Figure 5-2 Inner components of the GBCR.........................................................................................................5-5
Figure 5-3 Fr ont panel of the BSC common power distribution box...................................................................5-7
Figure 5-4 Rear panel of the BSC common power distribution box....................................................................5-9
Figure 5-5 Air defence subrack..........................................................................................................................5-10
Figure 5-6 K VM.................................................................................................................................................5-11
Figure 5-7 Fr ont panel of the KVM...................................................................................................................5-11
Figure 5-8 Rear panel of the KVM....................................................................................................................5-12
Figure 5-9 LAN switch.......................................................................................................................................5-12
Figure 5-10 Front panel of the LAN switch.......................................................................................................5-13
Figure 5-11 R ear panel of the LAN switch........................................................................................................5-14Figure 5-12 Cabling frame.................................................................................................................................5-15
Figure 5-13 GBAM............................................................................................................................................5-16
Figure 5-14 Front panel of the GBAM...............................................................................................................5-16
Figure 5-15 R ear panel of the GBAM................................................................................................................5-18
Figure 5-16 GBAM............................................................................................................................................5-19
Figure 5-17 Front panel of the GBAM...............................................................................................................5-19
Figure 5-18 R ear panel of the GBAM................................................................................................................5-21
Figure 5-19 GBAM............................................................................................................................................5-22
Figure 5-20 Front panel of the GBAM...............................................................................................................5-22
Figure 5-21 R ear panel of the GBAM................................................................................................................5-24
Figure 5-22 R ear cable trough.............................................................................. ..............................................5-25
Figure 5-23 Distribution of the power switches in the GBCR...........................................................................5-26
Figure 5-24 Distribution of power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (IBM X3650T)..............................5-27
Figure 5-25 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (C5210/HP CC3310)...................5-29
Figure 5-26 Connections of signal cables in the GBCR (IBM X3650T)...........................................................5-31
Figure 5-27 Connections of signal cables in the GBCR (C5210/HP CC3310)..................................................5-32
Figure 6-1 Outer components of the GBCR.........................................................................................................6-3
Figure 6-2 Inner components of the GBCR.........................................................................................................6-4
Figure 6-3 Front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box.........................................................................6-6
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description Figures
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
xv
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 18/310
Figure 6-4 Rear panel of the BSC high-power distribution box..........................................................................6-7
Figure 6-5 Distribution of the power switches in the GBCR (1)....................................................................... 6-10
Figure 6-6 Distribution of the power switches in the GBCR (2)....................................................................... 6-11
Figure 6-7 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (1)...................................................6-12
Figure 6-8 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (2)...................................................6-14
Figure 6-9 Connections of the signal cables in the GBCR.................................................................................6-16
Figure 7-1 Outer components of the GBSR.........................................................................................................7-3
Figure 7-2 Inner components of the GBSR..........................................................................................................7-4
Figure 7-3 Distribution of the power switches in the GBSR (1)..........................................................................7-6
Figure 7-4 Distribution of the power switches in the GBSR (2)..........................................................................7-7
Figure 7-5 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR (1).....................................................7-9
Figure 7-6 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR (2)...................................................7-11
Figure 7-7 Connections of the signal cables in the GBSR.................................................................................7-13
Figure 8-1 Structure of the BSC subrack.............................................................................................................8-3
Figure 8-2 Fan box (Configuration PFCU)..........................................................................................................8-5
Figure 8-3 Fan box (Configuration PFCB)..........................................................................................................8-7
Figure 8-4 Slot assignment in the BSC subrack.................................................................................................8-10
Figure 8-5 DIP switch on the BSC subrack....................................................................................................... 8-10
Figure 8-6 Fully configured GMPS (1)..............................................................................................................8-13
Figure 8-7 Fully configured GMPS (2)..............................................................................................................8-13
Figure 8-8 Fully configured GMPS (3)..............................................................................................................8-14
Figure 8-9 Fully configured GMPS (4)..............................................................................................................8-14
Figure 8-10 Fully configured GMPS (5)............................................................................................................8-15Figure 8-11 Fully configured GMPS (6)............................................................................................................8-15
Figure 8-12 Fully configured GMPS (1)............................................................................................................8-16
Figure 8-13 Fully configured GMPS (2)............................................................................................................8-17
Figure 8-14 Fully configured GMPS (3)............................................................................................................8-17
Figure 8-15 Fully configured GMPS (4)............................................................................................................8-18
Figure 8-16 Fully configured GMPS (5)............................................................................................................8-18
Figure 8-17 Fully configured GMPS (6)............................................................................................................8-19
Figure 8-18 Fully configured GEPS (1).............................................................................................................8-20
Figure 8-19 Fully configured GEPS (2).............................................................................................................8-20
Figure 8-20 Fully configured GEPS (3).............................................................................................................8-21
Figure 8-21 Fully configured GEPS (4).............................................................................................................8-21
Figure 8-22 Fully configured GEPS (5).............................................................................................................8-22
Figure 8-23 Fully configured GEPS (6).............................................................................................................8-22
Figure 8-24 Fully configured GTCS (1).............................................................................................................8-23
Figure 8-25 Fully configured GTCS (2).............................................................................................................8-24
Figure 9-1 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel...............................................................................................9-7
Figure 9-2 Layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.................................................9-9
Figure 9-3 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.............................................................................................9-13
Figure 9-4 Layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT...............................................9-15
Figures
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
xvi Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 19/310
Figure 9-5 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.............................................................................................9-19
Figure 9-6 Layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT...............................................9-21
Figure 9-7 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.............................................................................................9-25
Figure 9-8 Layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT...............................................9-27
Figure 9-9 GGCU panel.....................................................................................................................................9-30
Figure 9-10 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.........................................................................................9-33
Figure 9-11 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.........................................................................................9-37
Figure 9-12 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.........................................................................................9-41
Figure 9-13 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.........................................................................................9-45
Figure 9-14 GOMU panel..................................................................................................................................9-48
Figure 9-15 GSCU panel....................................................................................................................................9-51
Figure 9-16 GTNU panel...................................................................................................................................9-54
Figure 9-17 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel....................................................................................................9-57
Figure 9-18 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel....................................................................................................9-59
Figure 9-19 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel....................................................................................................9-62
Figure 9-20 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel...................................................................................................9-65
Figure 9-21 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel...................................................................................................9-68
Figure 9-22 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel...................................................................................................9-71
Figure 9-23 GOGUA/GOGUB panel.................................................................................................................9-75
Figure 9-24 GOGUA/GOGUB panel.................................................................................................................9-78
Figure 9-25 GEHUB/GEPUG panel..................................................................................................................9-81
Figure 9-26 DIP switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG...........................................................................................9-84
Figure 9-27 GEHUB/GEPUG panel..................................................................................................................9-87Figure 9-28 DIP switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG...........................................................................................9-89
Figure 9-29 GDPUC panel.................................................................................................................................9-92
Figure 9-30 GDPUX panel.................................................................................................................................9-94
Figure 9-31 GDPUP panel.................................................................................................................................9-96
Figure 9-32 MDMC panel..................................................................................................................................9-98
Figure 9-33 DIP switch on the MDMC..............................................................................................................9-99
Figure 9-34 PAMU panel.................................................................................................................................9-100
Figure 9-35 DIP switch on the PAMU.............................................................................................................9-101
Figure 9-36 DIP switch on the PFCU..............................................................................................................9-103
Figure 9-37 Jumper pins on the PFCB.............................................................................................................9-104
Figure 10-1 Active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable.............................................................................................10-4
Figure 10-2 Installation position of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable...................................................10-7
Figure 10-3 Active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable...................................................................................10-8
Figure 10-4 Installation position of the active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable.......................................10-11
Figure 10-5 Inter-GTNU cable.........................................................................................................................10-11
Figure 10-6 Installation position of the inter-GTNU cable..............................................................................10-12
Figure 10-7 LC/PC-LC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable..................................................................10-13
Figure 10-8 Installation position of the LC/PC-LC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable.......................10-14
Figure 10-9 LC/PC-FC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable..................................................................10-15
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description Figures
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
xvii
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 20/310
Figure 10-10 Installation position of the LC/PC-FC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable.....................10-16
Figure 10-11 LC/PC-SC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable................................................................10-17
Figure 10-12 Installation position of the LC/PC-SC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable.....................10-18
Figure 10-13 Crossover cable...........................................................................................................................10-19
Figure 10-14 Straight-through cable................................................................................................................10-20
Figure 10-15 Connections between the GSCUs and the GBAM.....................................................................10-21
Figure 10-16 Connection between the GBAM and the LAN switch...............................................................10-22
Figure 10-17 Connection between the LAN switch and the M2000 (LAN)....................................................10-22
Figure 10-18 Connection between the LAN switch and the BSC LMT computer..........................................10-23
Figure 10-19 Connection between the LAN switch and the CBC...................................................................10-23
Figure 10-20 Installation position of the Straight-through cable between the GSCUs....................................10-24
Figure 10-21 Connection between the GOMU and the LAN of the customer.................................................10-25
Figure 10-22 Connection between the GXPUM and the CBC........................................................................10-26
Figure 10-23 75-ohm coaxial clock cable........................................................................................................10-27
Figure 10-24 120-ohm clock conversion cable................................................................................................10-27
Figure 10-25 Installation position of the BITS clock signal cable...................................................................10-28
Figure 10-26 Y-shaped clock cable..................................................................................................................10-29
Figure 10-27 Installation position of the Y-shaped clock cable.......................................................................10-30
Figure 10-28 Alarm box signal cable...............................................................................................................10-31
Figure 10-29 Installation position of the signal cable of the alarm box...........................................................10-31
Figure 10-30 PDB monitoring signal cable......................................................................................................10-32
Figure 10-31 Installation positions of the PDB monitoring signal cable.........................................................10-33
Figure 10-32 RS485 communication cable......................................................................................................10-34Figure 10-33 Connecting the cable between the EMU and the power distribution box of the cabinet............10-35
Figure 10-34 GOMU serial port cable.............................................................................................................10-36
Figure 10-35 BSC external/internal power cable.............................................................................................10-38
Figure 10-36 BSC external/internal power cable.............................................................................................10-39
Figure 10-37 BSC PGND cable.......................................................................................................................10-41
Figure 12-1 DIP switch on the BSC subrack.....................................................................................................12-2
Figure 12-2 DIP switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG...........................................................................................12-4
Figure 12-3 Layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.............................................12-6
Figure 12-4 DIP switch on the MDMC..............................................................................................................12-8
Figure 12-5 DIP switch on the PAMU...............................................................................................................12-9
Figure 12-6 DIP switch on the PFCU..............................................................................................................12-10
Figures
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
xviii Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 21/310
Tables
Table 2-1 Components of the BSC.......................................................................................................................2-2
Table 3-1 BSC hardware configuration modes....................................................................................................3-1
Table 5-1 Inner components of the GBCR...........................................................................................................5-6
Table 5-2 LEDs on the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box................................................5-8
Table 5-3 Technical specifications of the BSC power distribution box...............................................................5-9
Table 5-4 LEDs on the front panel of the LAN switch......................................................................................5-13
Table 5-5 Silkscreens on the front panel of the GBAM.....................................................................................5-16
Table 5-6 Silkscreens on the rear panel of the GBAM.......................................................................................5-18
Table 5-7 Silkscreens on the front panel of the GBAM.....................................................................................5-19
Table 5-8 Silkscreens on the rear panel of the GBAM.......................................................................................5-21
Table 5-9 Silkscreens on the front panel of the GBAM.....................................................................................5-22
Table 5-10 Silkscreens on the rear panel of the GBAM.....................................................................................5-24
Table 5-11 Distribution of the power switches in the GBCR.............................................................................5-26
Table 5-12 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR.................................................................................5-28Table 5-13 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR.................................................................................5-30
Table 5-14 Signal cables in the GBCR...............................................................................................................5-33
Table 5-15 Structural specifications of the GBCR.............................................................................................5-36
Table 5-16 Electrical specifications of the GBCR............................................................................................. 5-37
Table 6-1 Inner Components of the GBCR..........................................................................................................6-5
Table 6-2 LEDs on the front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box......................................................6-7
Table 6-3 Technical specifications of the BSC high-power distribution box......................................................6-8
Table 6-4 Ma pping between the power switches and the components (1).........................................................6-10
Table 6-5 Ma pping between the power switches and the components (2).........................................................6-11
Table 6-6 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (1)............................................................................. 6-13
Table 6-7 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (2)............................................................................. 6-14
Table 6-8 Signal cables in the GBCR.................................................................................................................6-17
Table 6-9 Str uctural specifications of the GBCR...............................................................................................6-20
Table 6-10 Electrical specifications of the GBCR............................................................................................. 6-20
Table 7-1 Inner components of the GBSR...........................................................................................................7-5
Table 7-2 Mapping between the power switches and the components (1)...........................................................7-6
Table 7-3 Mapping between the power switches and the components (2)...........................................................7-7
Table 7-4 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR (1)..............................................................................7-10
Table 7-5 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR (2)..............................................................................7-12
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description Tables
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
xix
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 22/310
Table 7-6 Signal cables in the GBSR.................................................................................................................7-14
Table 7-7 Structural specifications of the GBSR...............................................................................................7-15
Table 7-8 Electrical specifications of the GBSR................................................................................................7-16
Table 8-1 Components of the BSC subrack.........................................................................................................8-4
Table 8-2 LED on the fan box (Configuration PFCU).........................................................................................8-5
Table 8-3 Technical specifications of the fan box (Configuration PFCU)...........................................................8-6
Table 8-4 LED on the fan box (Configuration PFCB).........................................................................................8-8
Table 8-5 Technical specifications of the fan box (Configuration PFCB)...........................................................8-9
Table 8-6 Definitions of the DIP bits.................................................................................................................8-11
Table 8-7 Setting of the DIP switches................................................................................................................8-12
Table 8-8 Technical specifications of the GMPS...............................................................................................8-24
Table 8-9 Technical specifications of the GEPS................................................................................................8-25
Table 8-10 Technical specifications of the GTCS..............................................................................................8-25
Table 9-1 Boards in the BSC................................................................................................................................9-1
Table 9-2 LEDs on the board...............................................................................................................................9-7
Table 9-3 Por ts on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel............................................................................9-8
Table 9-4 DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.......................................................................9-10
Table 9-5 Switch types related to the DIP bits...................................................................................................9-11
Table 9-6 LEDs on the board.............................................................................................................................9-13
Table 9-7 Por ts on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel..........................................................................9-14
Table 9-8 DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.......................................................................9-16
Table 9-9 Switch types related to the DIP bits...................................................................................................9-17
Table 9-10 LEDs on the board...........................................................................................................................9-19Table 9-11 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel........................................................................9-20
Table 9-12 DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.....................................................................9-22
Table 9-13 Switch types related to the DIP bits.................................................................................................9-23
Table 9-14 LEDs on the board...........................................................................................................................9-25
Table 9-15 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel........................................................................9-26
Table 9-16 DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.....................................................................9-28
Table 9-17 Switch types related to the DIP bits.................................................................................................9-29
Table 9-18 LEDs on the board...........................................................................................................................9-31
Table 9-19 Ports on the GGCU panel.................................................................................................................9-31
Table 9-20 LEDs on the board...........................................................................................................................9-33
Table 9-21 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel......................................................................9-34
Table 9-22 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT......................................... .........9-35
Table 9-23 LEDs on the board...........................................................................................................................9-37
Table 9-24 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel......................................................................9-38
Table 9-25 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT......................................... .........9-39
Table 9-26 LEDs on the board...........................................................................................................................9-41
Table 9-27 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel......................................................................9-42
Table 9-28 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT......................................... .........9-43
Table 9-29 LEDs on the board...........................................................................................................................9-45
Tables
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
xx Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 23/310
Table 9-30 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel......................................................................9-46
Table 9-31 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT..................................................9-47
Table 9-32 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-49
Table 9-33 Ports on the GOMU panel................................................................................................................9-50
Table 9-34 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-52
Table 9-35 LEDs of the Ethernet ports...............................................................................................................9-52
Table 9-36 Ports on the GSCU panel................................................................................................................. 9-53
Table 9-37 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-55
Table 9-38 Ports on the GTNU panel.................................................................................................................9-55
Table 9-39 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-57
Table 9-40 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel..................................................................................9-58
Table 9-41 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-60
Table 9-42 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel..................................................................................9-60
Table 9-43 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-62
Table 9-44 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel..................................................................................9-63
Table 9-45 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-65
Table 9-46 LEDs of the Ethernet ports...............................................................................................................9-66
Table 9-47 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.................................................................................9-66
Table 9-48 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-69
Table 9-49 LEDs of the Ethernet ports...............................................................................................................9-69
Table 9-50 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.................................................................................9-70
Table 9-51 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-72
Table 9-52 LEDs of the Ethernet ports...............................................................................................................9-72Table 9-53 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.................................................................................9-73
Table 9-54 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-75
Table 9-55 Ports on the GOGUA/GOGUB panel..............................................................................................9-76
Table 9-56 Technical Specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB......................................................................... 9-76
Table 9-57 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-79
Table 9-58 Ports on the GOGUA/GOGUB panel..............................................................................................9-79
Table 9-59 Technical Specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB......................................................................... 9-80
Table 9-60 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-82
Table 9-61 Ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG panel................................................................................................9-82
Table 9-62 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (75-ohm coaxial cable)............................................................9-84
Table 9-63 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (120-ohm twisted pair cable)...................................................9-85
Table 9-64 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-87
Table 9-65 Ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG panel................................................................................................9-88
Table 9-66 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (75-ohm coaxial cable)............................................................9-90
Table 9-67 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (120-ohm twisted pair cable)...................................................9-90
Table 9-68 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-92
Table 9-69 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-94
Table 9-70 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-96
Table 9-71 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-98
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description Tables
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
xxi
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 24/310
Table 9-72 Setting of S2.....................................................................................................................................9-99
Table 9-73 LEDs on the board.........................................................................................................................9-101
Table 9-74 Settings of SW1..............................................................................................................................9-102
Table 9-75 Settings of S1.................................................................................................................................9-103
Table 9-76 Setting of the pins...........................................................................................................................9-104
Table 10-1 List of BSC cables............................................................................................................................10-1
Table 10-2 Mapping between the micro coaxial cables and the pins of the DB44 connector ..........................10-5
Table 10-3 Mapping between the signals and the bearing media.......................................................................10-5
Table 10-4 Mapping between the twisted pair cables and the pins of the DB44 connector ..............................10-6
Table 10-5 Mapping between the 120-ohm twisted pair cables and the pins of the DB44 connector ..............10-8
Table 10-6 Pins at both ends of the twisted pair cable.......................................................................................10-9
Table 10-7 Mapping between the twisted pair cables and the pins of the DB44 connector ............................10-10
Table 10-8 Pins at both ends of the crossover cable.........................................................................................10-19
Table 10-9 Pins at both ends of the straight-through cable..............................................................................10-20
Table 10-10 Pins of the alarm box signal cable................................................................................................10-31
Table 10-11 Pins of the PDB monitoring signal cable.....................................................................................10-32
Table 10-12 Pins of the PDB monitoring signal cable.....................................................................................10-33
Table 10-13 Pins of the RS485 communication cable.....................................................................................10-34
Table 10-14 Pins of the GOMU serial port cable.............................................................................................10-36
Table 10-15 List of the BSC external power cables.........................................................................................10-37
Table 10-16 List of the BSC internal power cables..........................................................................................10-37
Table 10-17 List of the BSC external power cables.........................................................................................10-38
Table 10-18 List of the BSC internal power cables..........................................................................................10-38Table 10-19 List of the BSC PGND cables......................................................................................................10-40
Table 11-1 LEDs on the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box............................................11-3
Table 11-2 LEDs on the front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box..................................................11-3
Table 11-3 LEDs on the board...........................................................................................................................11-4
Table 11-4 LEDs on the board...........................................................................................................................11-5
Table 11-5 LEDs on the board...........................................................................................................................11-5
Table 11-6 LEDs on the board...........................................................................................................................11-6
Table 11-7 LEDs on the board...........................................................................................................................11-7
Table 11-8 LEDs on the board...........................................................................................................................11-7
Table 11-9 LEDs of the Ethernet ports...............................................................................................................11-8
Table 11-10 LEDs on the board.........................................................................................................................11-8
Table 11-11 LEDs on the board.........................................................................................................................11-9
Table 11-12 LEDs on the board.........................................................................................................................11-9
Table 11-13 LEDs on the board.......................................................................................................................11-10
Table 11-14 LEDs on the board.......................................................................................................................11-11
Table 11-15 LEDs of the Ethernet ports...........................................................................................................11-12
Table 11-16 LEDs on the board.......................................................................................................................11-12
Table 11-17 LEDs on the board.......................................................................................................................11-13
Table 11-18 LEDs on the board.......................................................................................................................11-13
Tables
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
xxii Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 25/310
Table 11-19 LEDs on the board.......................................................................................................................11-14
Table 12-1 Definitions of the DIP bits...............................................................................................................12-2
Table 12-2 Setting of the DIP switches..............................................................................................................12-3
Table 12-3 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (75-ohm coaxial cable)............................................................12-4
Table 12-4 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (120-ohm twisted pair cable)...................................................12-5
Table 12-5 DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.....................................................................12-7
Table 12-6 Switch types related to the DIP bits.................................................................................................12-8
Table 12-7 Setting of S2.....................................................................................................................................12-9
Table 12-8 Settings of SW1................................................................................................................................12-9
Table 12-9 Settings of S1.................................................................................................................................12-10
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description Tables
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
xxiii
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 26/310
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 27/310
1 Changes in BSC Hardware Description
This provides the changes of the BSC Hardware Description.
01(2010-01-30) of V900R008C15
This is the initial commercial release.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 1 Changes in BSC Hardware Description
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1-1
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 28/310
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 29/310
2 BSC Physical Structure
This describes the physical structure of the BSC, including the cabinet, cables, LMT computers,
and alarm box.
Figure 2-1 shows the physical structure of the BSC.
Figure 2-1 Physical structure of the BSC
OM equipment room
LMT
LMT
……
……
Alarm box
Serial port
cable
Ethernet
cable
Ethernet
cable
GBCR GBSR GBSR
Equipment room
Optical cable to other NEs
Trunk cable to other NEs
PGND cable to the PDF
Ethernet cable to other NEs
Power cable to the PDF
LMT: Local Maintenance Terminal PDF: Power Distribution Frame
Table 2-1 lists the components of the BSC.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 2 BSC Physical Structure
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
2-1
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 30/310
Table 2-1 Components of the BSC
Component Introduction Refer to...
GSM BSC control
processing rack (GBCR)
The GBCR provides
switching and processesservices for the BSC. One
GBCR is configured in a
BSC.
For details, refer to 5 GBCR
(Configuration Type A) and 6GBCR (Configuration Type B).
GSM BSC service
processing rack (GBSR)
The GBSR processes
various services for the
BSC. The number of
GBSRs to be configured
depends on the traffic
volume. Zero to three
GBSRs can be
configured.
7 GBSR Cabinet
BSC Cables BSC cables are classified
into the Ethernet cables,
optical cables, and E1/T1
cables. The number of
BSC cables to be
configured depends on
actual requirements.
10 BSC Cables
BSC LMT The LMT is a computer
that is installed with the
LMT software package
and is connected to the
OM network of the NEs.
It is optional for the BSC.
LMT-Related Definitions
Alarm box The alarm box can
generate audible and
visual alarms. It is
optional for the BSC.
User manual delivered with the
alarm box
2 BSC Physical Structure
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
2-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 31/310
3 BSC Hardware Configuration Modes
The BSC has three hardware configuration modes: BM/TC separated, BM/TC combined, and
A over IP.
Table 3-1 describes the three BSC hardware configuration modes.
Table 3-1 BSC hardware configuration modes
Description
Cabinet Subrack Boards Cable
BM/TC
separated
(built-in
PCU)
l GBCR
l GBSR
l GMPS
l GEPS
l
GTCS
l GXPUM
l GXPUT
l
GXPUIl GTNU
l GSCU
l GGCU
l GOMU
l GDPUX
l GDPUP
l GEPUG/GFGUG
l GEIUA/GOIUA
l GEIUB/GOIUB/
GFGUB/GOGUB/
GEHUB
l GEIUT/GOIUT
l Clock cable
– BITS clock signal
cable
– Y-shaped clock
cable
l Ethernet cable
– Crossover cable
– Straight-through
Ethernet cable
l Optical cable
– LC/PC-LC/PC-
single-mode/multi-
mode optical cable
– LC/PC-FC/PC-single-mode/multi-
mode optical cable
– LC/PC-SC/PC-
single-mode/multi-
mode optical cable
l E1/T1 cable
– Active/standby 75-
ohm coaxial cable
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 3 BSC Hardware Configuration Modes
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3-1
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 32/310
Description
Cabinet Subrack Boards Cable
BM/TC
separated
(external
PCU)
l GBCR
l GBSR
l GMPS
l GEPS
l GTCS
l GXPUM
l GXPUT
l GXPUI
l GTNU
l GSCU
l GGCU
l GOMU
l GDPUX
l GEIUA/GOIUA
l GEIUB/GOIUB/
GFGUB/GOGUB/
GEHUB
l GEIUT/GOIUT
l GEIUP/GOIUP
– Active/standby 120-
ohm twisted pair
cable
l Inter-GTNU cable
l Signal cable of the
alarm box
l PDB monitoring signal
cable
l EMU RS485
communication cable
l GOMU serial port
cable
BM/TC
combined
(built-in
PCU)
l GBCR
l GBSR
l GMPS
l GEPS
l GXPUM
l GXPUT
l GXPUI
l GTNU
l GSCUl GGCU
l GOMU
l GDPUX
l GDPUP
l GEPUG/GFGUG
l GEIUA/GOIUA
l GEIUB/GOIUB/
GFGUB/GOGUB/
GEHUB
3 BSC Hardware Configuration Modes
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
3-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 33/310
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 34/310
Description
Cabinet Subrack Boards Cable
A over IP
(external
PCU)
l GBCR
l GBSR
l GMPS
l GEPS
l GXPUM
l GXPUT
l GXPUI
l GTNU
l GSCU
l GGCU
l GOMU
l GDPUX
l GFGUA/GOGUA
l GEIUB/GOIUB/
GFGUB/GOGUB/
GEHUB
l GEIUP/GOIUP
3 BSC Hardware Configuration Modes
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
3-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 35/310
4 BSC Cabinet
About This Chapter
The BSC uses the Huawei N68E-22 cabinet. The cabinet is designed in compliance with
IEC60297 and IEEE standards.
4.1 Appearance of the BSC Cabinet
The dimensions of the BSC cabinet are as follows: 2,200 mm (height) x 600 mm (width) x 800
mm (depth). The BSC cabinets are classified into single-door cabinets and double-door cabinets.
4.2 Classification of the BSC Cabinet
Based on functions, the BSC cabinets are classified into the GBCR and the GBSR.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 4 BSC Cabinet
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
4-1
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 36/310
4.1 Appearance of the BSC Cabinet
The dimensions of the BSC cabinet are as follows: 2,200 mm (height) x 600 mm (width) x 800
mm (depth). The BSC cabinets are classified into single-door cabinets and double-door cabinets.
Figure 4-1 shows a single-door BSC cabinet. Figure 4-2 shows a double-door BSC cabinet.
Figure 4-1 Single-door BSC cabinet
4 BSC Cabinet
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
4-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 37/310
Figure 4-2 Double-door BSC cabinet
4.2 Classification of the BSC Cabinet
Based on functions, the BSC cabinets are classified into the GBCR and the GBSR.
GBCR
The GBCR processes primary services and provides OM for the BSC. One GBCR is configured
in a BSC.
Based on the hardware configuration, the GBCR is classified into configuration type A and
configuration type B.
l In configuration type A, the GBCR is configured with the GBAM. For details, refer to 5
GBCR (Configuration Type A).
l In configuration type B, the GBCR is configured with the GOMU. For details, refer to 6
GBCR (Configuration Type B).
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 4 BSC Cabinet
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
4-3
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 38/310
GBSR
The GBSR processes various services for the BSC. The number of GBSRs to be configured
depends on the traffic volume. Zero to three GBSRs can be configured. For details, refer to 7
GBSR Cabinet.
4 BSC Cabinet
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
4-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 39/310
5GBCR (Configuration Type A)
About This Chapter
This describes the components, cable connections, and engineering specifications of the GBCR
that is configured with the GBAM.
5.1 Components of the GBCR (Configuration Type A)
This describes the outer components and inner components of the GBCR.
5.2 BSC Common Power Distribution Box
Each BSC cabinet must be configured with one power distribution box, which is installed at the
top of the BSC cabinet.
5.3 Air Defence Subrack
The air defence subrack is installed between two service subracks. It shields hot air from affecting
the service subracks and forms a straight-through air channel. The air defence subrack is 1 U
high.
5.4 KVM
The KVM is an integrated device, which consists of a keyboard, an LCD display, and a mouse.
It serves as the operating platform for the GBAM. The KVM can be configured when the GBCR
is in configur ation type A.
5.5 LAN Switch
The LAN switch is installed in the GBCR. Each BSC should be configured with one LAN switch.
5.6 Cabling Frame
The cabling frame provides space for collecting the Ethernet cables of the LAN switch.
5.7 GBAM
There are three types of GBAM used in the BSC: IBM X3650T, C5210, and HP CC3310. The
GBAM is installed in the GBCR. Each BSC can be configured with one GBAM.
5.8 Rear Cable Trough
The rear cable trough is used to route and bind the cables for the boards that are inserted into
the rear slots of the subrack. Three fiber management trays are installed at the bottom of each
rear cable trough. They are used to coil optical cables.
5.9 GBCR Cable Connections (Configuration Type A)The cables of the GBCR consist of the power cables, PGND cables, and signal cables.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
5-1
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 40/310
5.10 Technical Specifications of the GBCR (Configuration Type A)
The technical specifications of the GBCR consist of structural specifications and electrical
specifications.
5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
5-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 41/310
5.1 Components of the GBCR (Configuration Type A)
This describes the outer components and inner components of the GBCR.
The outer components of the GBCR consist of the rack, side doors, front door, and rear door.
The inner components of the GBCR vary with the configuration type. In configuration type A,
the inner components of the GBCR consist of the power distribution box, subracks, air defence
subrack, KVM, LAN switch, cabling frame, GBAM, and rear cable trough.
Outer Components of the GBCR
Figure 5-1 shows the outer components of the GBCR.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
5-3
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 42/310
Figure 5-1 Outer components of the GBCR
1
2
23
3
(1) Rack (2) Side door (3) Front and back doors
5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
5-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 43/310
Inner Components of the GBCR
Figure 5-2 shows the inner components of the GBCR.
Figure 5-2 Inner components of the GBCR
7
2
13 4
1
1
1
5
6
6
1
Front view
8
1
Rear view
8
9
10
10
5
4
2
(1) Filler panel (2) GBAM (3) Cabling frame (4) LAN switch (5) KVM
(6) Subrack (7) Air defence
subrack
(8) Power distribution box (9) Cable rack in the
cabinet
(10) Rear cable
trough
Table 5-1 lists the inner components of the GBCR.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
5-5
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 44/310
Table 5-1 Inner components of the GBCR
Component Description Refer to...
Power distribution box One (mandatory) BSC Common Power
Distribution Box
Subrack One mandatory GMPS,
and one optional GEPS or
GTCS
BSC Subracks
Air defence subrack When the cabinet is
configured with two
subracks, one air defence
subrack should be
configured.
Air Defence Subrack
KVM One (optional) KVM
LAN switch One (mandatory) LAN Switch
Cabling frame One (mandatory) Cabling Frame
GBAM One (mandatory) GBAM
Rear cable trough Each subrack should be
configured with one rear
cable trough.
Rear Cable Trough
NOTE
In configuration type A, the GBCR should be configured with the BSC common power distribution box.
5.2 BSC Common Power Distribution Box
Each BSC cabinet must be configured with one power distribution box, which is installed at the
top of the BSC cabinet.
The BSC common power distribution box provides lightning protection and overcur rent
protection for two -48 V inputs, which are then divided into two groups to supply power to the
functional modules in the BSC. (Each group has three -48 V outputs and thr ee RTN outputs.)The power distribution box also detects the input voltage and the output power, and generates
audible and visual alarms when faults occur.
5.2.1 Front Panel of the BSC Common Power Distribution Box
The components on the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box are the panel of
the MDMC, label for power distribution switches, power distribution switches, and panel of the
overvoltage protection board.
5.2.2 LEDs on the Front Panel of the BSC Common Power Distribution Box
The LEDs on the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box are labeled RUN and
ALM.
5.2.3 Rear Panel of the BSC Common Power Distribution Box
5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
5-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 45/310
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 46/310
5.2.2 LEDs on the Front Panel of the BSC Common PowerDistribution Box
The LEDs on the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box are labeled RUN and
ALM.
Table 5-2 describes the LEDs on the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box.
Table 5-2 LEDs on the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The MDMC is operating and
communicating with the GSCU.
On for 0.25s and off
for 0.25s
The MDMC is not operating or not
communicating with the GSCU.
Off There is no power supply to the MDMC
or the power distribution box is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On The power distribution box is faulty. The
ALM LED, however, is always on during
the MDMC self-test. It is an indication
that the ALM LED is functional.
NOTE
When the power distribution box is reset, the RUN and ALM LEDs turn on at the same time. Meanwhile,
the monitoring board is performing self-check. As soon as the self-check is complete, the RUN and ALM
LEDs turn off. Then, the RUN and ALM LEDs normally display the operating status of the power
distribution box.
5.2.3 Rear Panel of the BSC Common Power Distribution Box
This describes the components on the rear panel of the BSC common power distribution box.
These components are the power input terminal block, the power output terminal block, and the
port used to connect the power distribution box to a service subrack.
Figure 5-4 shows the rear panel of the BSC common power distribution box.
5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
5-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 47/310
Figure 5-4 Rear panel of the BSC common power distribution box
-48V IN
-48V OUT
RTN RTN -48V2 -48V1-48V1 -48V1 -48V1 -48V2 -48V2 -48V2
RTNRTN RTN RTN RTN RTN RTN
M O N I T
O R
P O R T S
(1) Power input terminal block (2) Power output terminal block (3) Port used to connect the power
distribution box to a service subrack
NOTE
l Figure 5-4 shows the main ports related to the BSC.
l The port for connecting a service subrack is connected to the lowest service subrack in the cabinet
through the monitoring signal cable of the power distribution box.
The wiring terminals for the -48 V power cable and RTN power cable are labeled -48V and RTNon the power input terminal block and power output terminal block.
5.2.4 Technical Specifications of the BSC Common PowerDistribution Box
The technical specifications of the BSC power distribution box consist of the input specifications
and output specifications.
Table 5-3 describes the technical specifications of the BSC power distribution box.
Table 5-3 Technical specifications of the BSC power distribution box
Item Sub Item Specification
Input specifications Rated input voltage -48 V DC
Input voltage -40 V DC to -57 V DC
Input mode Two -48 V DC inputs
Maximum input current Two inputs, each of which
has a maximum input current
of 100 A
Output specifications Rated output voltage -48 V DC
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
5-9
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 48/310
Item Sub Item Specification
Output voltage -40 V DC to -57 V DC
Independent output Six groups of independent
power output: Each groupconsists of one -48 V output
and one RTN output. The
output of current is
controlled by a switch, which
performs short-circuiting
functions. When the total
current of the six groups of
power output is smaller than
100 A, the maximum current
of each power output is 70 A.
Output protectionspecifications
The current at theovercurrent protection point
is 87.5 A. You need to restore
the default value manually.
Rated output power 4,800 W in hot backup mode
5.3 Air Defence SubrackThe air defence subrack is installed between two service subracks. It shields hot air from affecting
the service subracks and forms a straight-through air channel. The air defence subrack is 1 U
high.
Appearance
Figure 5-5 shows the air defence subrack.
Figure 5-5 Air defence subrack
Dimensions
The dimensions of the air defence subrack are 44.45 mm (height) x 436 mm (width) x 476.1 mm(depth).
5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
5-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 49/310
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 50/310
Rear Panel
Figure 5-8 shows the rear panel of the KVM.
Figure 5-8 Rear panel of the KVM
4
1 2 3
(1) Grounding bolt (2) DC power input socket
3. Power switch (4) Cable connectors for the KVM
NOTE
To push the KVM completely into the cabinet, use your index fingers to press and hold the white button
on both sides of the KVM, and then push the KVM into the cabinet while sliding the buttons outwards.
When you feel resisting force, release the buttons.
5.5 LAN SwitchThe LAN switch is installed in the GBCR. Each BSC should be configured with one LAN switch.
The LAN switch provides 10M/100M adaptive full-duplex Ethernet ports for the BSC. The LMTcomputer accesses the BSC through the LAN switch. The BSC also accesses the M2000 through
the LAN switch.
Appearance of the LAN Switch
The LAN switch used in the BSC is the Quidway S3026C.
Figure 5-9 shows the LAN switch.
Figure 5-9 LAN switch
5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
5-12 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 51/310
Front Panel of the LAN Switch
The components on the front panel of the LAN switch are the mode switch button, configuration ports, and LEDs, and Ethernet ports.
Figure 5-10 shows the front panel of the LAN switch.
Figure 5-10 Front panel of the LAN switch
12
34
65
Quidway S3500 Series
(1) Power LED (2) A/L LED
(3) D/S LED (4) MODE switch button
(5) 10M/100M adaptive full-duplex BASE-TX Ethernet ports (6) Configuration port (CONSOLE)
NOTE
l You can configure the LAN switch through the configuration port to meet the BSC requirements.
l You can change the status indicated by the LEDs of the 10M/100M BASE-TX Ethernet ports by
setting the MODE switch button of the LAN switch.
LEDs on the Front Panel of the LAN SwitchThe LEDs on the front panel of the LAN switch consist of the power LED, A/L LEDs, and D/
S LEDs.
Table 5-4 describes the LEDs on the front panel of the LAN switch.
Table 5-4 LEDs on the front panel of the LAN switch
LEDColor
Status Meaning
POWER Green
On
The power supply to the LAN switch is
normal.
Off The LAN switch is not powered on.
A/L
Yello
w (on
the
left)
On
(blinking
)
The port is active and there is data flow.
OFF The port is active but there is no data flow.
Gree
n (on
the
right)
ON The port is correctly linked.
OFF The port is not linked or wrongly linked.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
5-13
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 52/310
LEDColor
Status Meaning
D/S
Yello
w (on
the
left)
ON The port is in full duplex mode.
OFF The port is in half duplex mode.
Gree
n (on
the
right)
ON The data rate on the port is 100 Mbit/s.
OFF The data rate on the port is 10 Mbit/s.
NOTE
Only ports 2, 4, 20, 22, and 24 on the LAN switch are used. The other ports are reserved.
Rear Panel of the LAN Switch
The components on the rear panel of the LAN switch are the DC power socket and the PGND
post.
Figure 5-11 shows the rear panel of the LAN switch.
Figure 5-11 Rear panel of the LAN switch
1 2
RTN(+)NEG(-)
(1) DC power socket (2) PGND post
5.6 Cabling Frame
The cabling frame provides space for collecting the Ethernet cables of the LAN switch.
Figure 5-12 shows the cabling frame.
5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
5-14 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 53/310
Figure 5-12 Cabling frame
Cablingframe
5.7 GBAM
There are three types of GBAM used in the BSC: IBM X3650T, C5210, and HP CC3310. The
GBAM is installed in the GBCR. Each BSC can be configured with one GBAM.
5.7.1 Functions of the GBAM
The GBAM serves as a bridge between the LMT and the BSC.
5.7.2 Appear ance of the GBAM (IBM X3650T)
This describes the IBM X3650T, which serves as the GBAM.
5.7.3 Appear ance of the GBAM (C5210)
This describes the C5210, which serves as the GBAM.
5.7.4 Appear ance of the GBAM (HP CC3310)
This describes the HP CC3310, which serves as the GBAM.
5.7.1 Functions of the GBAM
The GBAM serves as a bridge between the LMT and the BSC.
The GBAM performs the following functions:
l Controls the communication between the LMT computer and boards, facilitates the data
configuration of the LMT, and filters the performance and alarm data
l Processes the commands issued by the LMT computer/M2000, and then forwards the
commands to the boards in the BSC for processing
l Filters the results from the BSC boards, and then returns the results to the LMT computer
5.7.2 Appearance of the GBAM (IBM X3650T)
This describes the IBM X3650T, which serves as the GBAM.
Figure 5-13 shows the GBAM.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
5-15
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 54/310
Figure 5-13 GBAM
Front Panel of the GBAM (IBM X3650T)
The components on the front panel of the GBAM are the CD drive, LEDs, ports, and switches.
Figure 5-14 shows the front panel of the GBAM.
Figure 5-14 Front panel of the GBAM
1 2 3 45
67
8
910
11
12
13
141516
Table 5-5 describes the silkscreens on the front panel of the GBAM.
Table 5-5 Silkscreens on the front panel of the GBAM
SN Silkscreen Description
1 None CD-ROM drive
2 Power switch
3 Reset switch
4 CRT The CRT LED indicates the critical alarm
information. When the indicator is on (yellow), a
critical fault occurs in the system and the system
cannot work properly.
5 MJR The MJR LED indicates the major alarm
information. When the indicator is on (yellow), a
major fault occurs in the system. Though the
system can work properly, its performance
deteriorates.
5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
5-16 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 55/310
SN Silkscreen Description
6 MNR The MNR LED indicates the minor alarm
information. When the indicator is on (yellow), a
minor fault occurs in the system. The system can
still work properly.
7 PWR The PWR LED indicates the power fault
information. When the indicator is on (yellow), the
power supply for the system is faulty.
8 Serial port, with an 8-pin RJ45 connector
9 USB port
100
Indicates the status of the read and write function
of hard disk 0. When the LED is green, the read
and write function of the hard disk is normal; whenthe LED is yellow, the read and write function of
the hard disk is not normal.
111
Indicates the status of the read and write function
of hard disk 1. When the LED is green, the read
and write function of the hard disk is normal; when
the LED is yellow, the read and write function of
the hard disk is not normal.
12 ON Main power LED
13 NIC0/NIC1 LED
14 System ID LED
15 ID switch, used to switch the system ID.
16 None NMI switch. When the NMI switch is pressed, the
GBAM is in the pause state and continues to
diagnose faults.
Rear Panel of the GBAM (IBM X3650T)
The components on the rear panel of the GBAM are the power port, grounding post, and signal
ports.
Figure 5-15 shows the rear panel of the GBAM.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
5-17
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 56/310
Figure 5-15 Rear panel of the GBAM
Table 5-6 describes the silkscreens on the rear panel of the GBAM.
Table 5-6 Silkscreens on the rear panel of the GBAM
SN Silkscreen Description
1 Alarms DB15 alarm port (output port for the alarm information
of the GBAM)
2 None PCI extension slot (not configured)
3 None PCI extension slot (configured)
4 None Port of the 10M/100M adaptive Ethernet adapter
5 None Power module
6 PS/2 port, used to connect the keyboard and the mouse.
The upper one is connected to the mouse and the lower
one is connected to the keyboard.
7 Serial port, with an 8-pin RJ45 connector
8 1 RJ45 NIC1 connector
9 2 RJ45 NIC2 connector
10 Video connector
111
USB 1
120
USB 0
13 Configuration port of the GBAM
14 SCSILVD/SE
Ultra320 SCSI port
15 PGND post
5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
5-18 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 57/310
5.7.3 Appearance of the GBAM (C5210)
This describes the C5210, which serves as the GBAM.
Figure 5-16 shows the GBAM.
Figure 5-16 GBAM
Front Panel of the GBAM (C5210)
The components on the front panel of the GBAM are the CD drive, LEDs, ports, and switches.
Figure 5-17 shows the front panel of the GBAM.
Figure 5-17 Front panel of the GBAM
1 2 3 45
67
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
151617
Table 5-7 describes the silkscreens on the front panel of the GBAM.
Table 5-7 Silkscreens on the front panel of the GBAM
SN Silkscreen Description
1 None CD-ROM drive
2 Power switch
3 Reset switch
4 CRT The CRT LED indicates the critical alarm information. When
the indicator is on (yellow), a critical fault occurs in the system
and the system cannot work properly.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
5-19
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 58/310
SN Silkscreen Description
5 MJR The MJR LED indicates the major alarm information. When
the indicator is on (yellow), a major fault occurs in the system.
Though the system can work properly, its performance
deteriorates.
6 MNR The MNR LED indicates the minor alarm information. When
the indicator is on (yellow), a minor fault occurs in the system.
The system can still work properly.
7 PWR The PWR LED indicates the power fault information. When
the indicator is on (yellow), the power supply for the system is
faulty.
8 Serial port, with an 8-pin RJ45 connector
9 USB port
10
112
Indicates the status of the read and write function of hard disk
2. When the LED is green, the read and write function of the
hard disk is normal; when the LED is yellow, the read and write
function of the hard disk is not normal.
121
Indicates the status of the read and write function of hard disk
1. When the LED is green, the read and write function of the
hard disk is normal; when the LED is yellow, the read and write
function of the hard disk is not normal.
13 ON Main power LED
14 NIC0/NIC1 LED
15 System ID LED
16 ID switch, used to switch the system ID.
17 None NMI switch. When the NMI switch is pressed, the GBAM is
in the pause state and continues to diagnose faults.
Rear Panel of the GBAM (C5210)
The components on the rear panel of the GBAM are the power port, grounding post, and signal
ports.
Figure 5-18 shows the rear panel of the GBAM.
5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
5-20 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 59/310
Figure 5-18 Rear panel of the GBAM
+--+
12 11 9
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Table 5-8 describes the silkscreens on the rear panel of the GBAM.
Table 5-8 Silkscreens on the rear panel of the GBAM
SN Silkscreen Description
11
USB 1
2 Video connector
3 SCSILVD/SE
Ultra320 SCSI port
4 1 RJ45 NIC1 connector
5 Mouse/keyboard connector; A Y-shaped cable can be used
to connect the mouse and the keyboard.
6 Serial port, with an 8-pin RJ45 connector
72
USB 2
8 None Port of the 10M/100M adaptive Ethernet adapter
9 PGND post
10 None DC input socket; The connector labeled "-" is fixed to a -48
V cable, and the connector labeled "+" is fixed to an RTN
cable.
11 Alarms DB15 alarm port (output port for the alarm information of
the GBAM)
12 0 RJ45 NIC0 connector
5.7.4 Appearance of the GBAM (HP CC3310)
This describes the HP CC3310, which serves as the GBAM.
Figure 5-19 shows the GBAM.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
5-21
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 60/310
Figure 5-19 GBAM
Front Panel of the GBAM (HP CC3310)
The components on the front panel of the GBAM are the CD drive, LEDs, ports, and switches.
Figure 5-20 shows the front panel of the GBAM.
Figure 5-20 Front panel of the GBAM
1 2 3 45
67
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
151617
Table 5-9 describes the silkscreens on the front panel of the GBAM.
Table 5-9 Silkscreens on the front panel of the GBAM
SN Silkscreen Description
1 None CD-ROM drive
2 Power switch
3 Reset switch
4 CRT The CRT LED indicates the critical alarm information. When
the indicator is on (yellow), a critical fault occurs in the system
and the system cannot work properly.
5 MJR The MJR LED indicates the major alarm information. When
the indicator is on (yellow), a major fault occurs in the system.
Though the system can work properly, its performance
deteriorates.
5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
5-22 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 61/310
SN Silkscreen Description
6 MNR The MNR LED indicates the minor alarm information. When
the indicator is on (yellow), a minor fault occurs in the system.
The system can still work properly.
7 PWR The PWR LED indicates the power fault information. When
the indicator is on (yellow), the power supply for the system is
faulty.
8 Serial port, with an 8-pin RJ45 connector
9 USB port
10
112
Indicates the status of the read and write function of hard disk
2. When the LED is green, the read and write function of the
hard disk is normal; when the LED is yellow, the read and write
function of the hard disk is not normal.
121
Indicates the status of the read and write function of hard disk
1. When the LED is green, the read and write function of the
hard disk is normal; when the LED is yellow, the read and write
function of the hard disk is not normal.
13 ON Main power LED
14 NIC0/NIC1 LED
15 System ID LED
16 ID switch, used to switch the system ID.
17 None NMI switch. When the NMI switch is pressed, the GBAM is in
the pause state and continues to diagnose faults.
Rear Panel of the GBAM (HP CC3310)
The components on the rear panel of the GBAM are the power port, grounding post, and signal
ports.
Figure 5-21 shows the rear panel of the GBAM.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
5-23
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 62/310
Figure 5-21 Rear panel of the GBAM
+--+
21
88 9
910
3
12
4 6
11
75
Table 5-10 describes the silkscreens on the rear panel of the GBAM.
Table 5-10 Silkscreens on the rear panel of the GBAM
SN Silkscreen Description
11
USB 1
2 Video connector
3 SCSILVD/SE
Ultra320 SCSI port
4 1 RJ45 NIC1 connector
5 Mouse/keyboard connector; A Y-shaped cable can be
used to connect the mouse and the keyboard.
6 Serial port, with an 8-pin RJ45 connector
72
USB 2
8 None Port of the 10M/100M adaptive Ethernet adapter
9 PGND post
10 None DC input socket; The connector labeled "-" is fixed to a
-48 V cable, and the connector labeled "+" is fixed to an
RTN cable.
11 Alarms DB15 alarm port (output port for the alarm information
of the GBAM)
12 0 RJ45 NIC0 connector
5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
5-24 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 63/310
5.8 Rear Cable Trough
The rear cable trough is used to route and bind the cables for the boards that are inserted into
the rear slots of the subrack. Three fiber management trays are installed at the bottom of each
rear cable trough. They are used to coil optical cables.
Figure 5-22 shows the rear cable trough.
Figure 5-22 Rear cable trough
Fiber management trays
5.9 GBCR Cable Connections (Configuration Type A)
The cables of the GBCR consist of the power cables, PGND cables, and signal cables.
5.9.1 Distribution of Power Switches in the GBCR (Configuration Type A)
Each of the six power outputs of the power distribution box at the top of the GBCR supplies
power to a component in the GBCR in a fixed way.
5.9.2 Connections of Power Cables and PGND Cables in the GBCR (Configuration Type A)
The power cables of the GBCR are used to connect the PDF to the PDB. This ensures a stable
power supply for the GBCR. The PGND cables are used to connect the cabinet to the PDF or to
the grounding bar in the equipment room. This protects the cabinet from electrostatic discharge.
5.9.3 Connections of Signal Cables in the GBCR (Configuration Type A)
The signal cables in the GBCR consist of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable, active/
standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable, optical cable, straight-through cable,inter-GTNU cable,
BITS clock cable, Y-shaped clock cable, and PDB monitoring signal cable.
5.9.1 Distribution of Power Switches in the GBCR (ConfigurationType A)
Each of the six power outputs of the power distribution box at the top of the GBCR supplies
power to a component in the GBCR in a fixed way.
Figure 5-23 shows the mapping between the six power control switches on the power
distribution box and the components in the GBCR. Table 5-11 lists the mapping between the power control switches and the components.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
5-25
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 64/310
Figure 5-23 Distribution of the power switches in the GBCR
Distribution of power switches
Subrack-1
Subrack-0
KVM
LAN Switch
GBAM
SW1、SW4
SW2、SW5
SW3
SW3
SW3、SW6
Table 5-11 Distribution of the power switches in the GBCR
Component Power Switch
Subrack 1 SW1 and SW4
Subrack 0 SW2 and SW5
KVM SW3
LAN Switch SW3
GBAM SW3 and SW6
5.9.2 Connections of Power Cables and PGND Cables in the GBCR(Configuration Type A)
The power cables of the GBCR are used to connect the PDF to the PDB. This ensures a stable
power supply for the GBCR. The PGND cables are used to connect the cabinet to the PDF or to
the grounding bar in the equipment room. This protects the cabinet from electrostatic discharge.
l Figure 5-24 shows the GBCR configured with the IBM X3650T GBAM.
5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
5-26 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 65/310
l Figure 5-25 shows the GBCR configured with the C5210/HP CC3310 GBAM.
Figure 5-24 Distribution of power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (IBM X3650T)
13
14
15
18
19
V
2
V
2R2
24
25
26
27
Vx: -48Vx
Rx: RTNx
21 65
NEG(-) RTN(+)MONITOR
NEG(-) RTN(+)DC input1 DC input2
43 87
NEG(-) RTN(+)MONITOR
NEG(-) RTN(+)DC input1 DC input2
V
1
V
1
V
1R1
SW1 SW2 SW3SW4SW5SW6
28
29
30
31
2
223
11.2.1
11.1.1
2
1
11.1.2
11.1.3
11.2.3
1
12
0
I O
R1 R1 R2
1 2 3 4 11.1 11.2 5 6 7 10
KVM
LAN
switch
GBAM
12R2
8
V
2
9
11.2.2
16
17
PGND wiring post
on the top of the cabinet Power distribution box Power distribution box
Subrack
Subrack
Subrack
Subrack
PGND wiring post on the
base of the cabinet
PGND wiring post on the
base of the cabinet
Rear view Front view
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
5-27
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 66/310
Table 5-12 lists the power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR.
Table 5-12 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR
Number Description
1-8 Power cables for the BSC subracks
11 Power cable for the KVM
12 PDB monitoring cable
11.1.1 and 11.2.1 Power cables for the LAN switch
11.1.2, 11.2.2, 11.1.3, and 11.2.3 Power cables for the GBAM
13 PGND cable connecting the PDB and the
busbar
14, 15, 16, and 17 PGND cables for the BSC subracks
18 and 19 PGND cables connecting the busbars of
different cabinets
20 PGND cable for the KVM
21 PGND cable for the LAN switch
22 and 23 PGND cables for the GBAM
24-31 PGND cables for the cabinet doors
5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
5-28 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 67/310
Figure 5-25 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (C5210/HP CC3310)
13
14
15
18
19
V2
V2
R2
Rear view
24
25
26
27
Vx: -48Vx
Rx: RTNx
21 65
NEG(-) RTN(+)MONITOR
NEG(-) RTN(+)DC input1 DC input2
43 87
NEG(-) RTN(+)MONITOR
NEG(-) RTN(+)DC input1 DC input2
V1
V1
V1
R1
SW1 SW2 SW3SW4SW5SW6
Front view
28
29
30
31
222
3
11.2.
1
11.1.
1
2
1
11.1.2
10.2
11.1.311.2.3
1
12
0
I O
R1 R1 R2
1 2 3 4 11.1 11.2 5 6 7 10
KVM
LAN
switch
GBAM
12R2
8
V2
9
10.39.3
11.2.2
9.2
16
17
PGND wiring post
on the top of the cabinet Power distribution boxPower distribution box
Subrack
Subrack
Subrack
Subrack
PGND wiring post on the
base of the cabinet
PGND wiring post on the
base of the cabinet
Table 5-13 describes the power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
5-29
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 68/310
Table 5-13 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR
Number Description
1-8 Power cables for the BSC subracks
11 Power cable for the KVM
12 PDB monitoring cable
11.1.1 and 11.2.1 Power cables for the LAN switch
9.2, 9.3, 10.2, 10.3, 11.1.2, 11.2.2, 11.1.3, and
11.2.3
Power cables for the GBAM
13 PGND cable connecting the PDB and the
busbar
14, 15, 16, and 17 PGND cables for the BSC subracks
18 and 19 PGND cables connecting the busbars of
different cabinets
20 PGND cable for the KVM
21 PGND cable for the LAN switch
22 and 23 PGND cables for the GBAM
24-31 PGND cables for the cabinet doors
5.9.3 Connections of Signal Cables in the GBCR (ConfigurationType A)
The signal cables in the GBCR consist of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable, active/
standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable, optical cable, straight-through cable,inter-GTNU cable,
BITS clock cable, Y-shaped clock cable, and PDB monitoring signal cable.
l Figure 5-26 shows the GBCR configured with the IBM X3650T GBAM.
l Figure 5-27 shows the GBCR configured with the C5210/HP CC3310 GBAM.
5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
5-30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 69/310
Figure 5-26 Connections of signal cables in the GBCR (IBM X3650T)
MONITOR
MONITOR
13
20
23
12
9
10
18
19
19
18
1516
17
17
24
21
22
14
16
15
144321
5
5
6
6
11
7
8
7
8
12
23
20
13 9 10 11
Power distribution box
GEPS
GEPS
GMPS
Rear view Front view
GMPS
LAN switch
Power distribution box
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
5-31
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 70/310
Figure 5-27 Connections of signal cables in the GBCR (C5210/HP CC3310)
MONITOR
MONITOR
13
20
23
12
9
10
18
19
19
18
1516
17
17
24
21
22
14
16
15
144321
5
5
6
6
11
7
8
7
8
12
23
20
13 9 10 11Power distribution box
GEPS
GEPS
GMPS
Rear view Front view
GMPS
LAN switch
Power distribution box
NOTE
l Figure 5-26 and Figure 5-27 show the connections of signal cables between a GMPS and a GEPS. If
there are more than one GEPS, you need to connect each GEPS to the GMPS directly. The connection
method is the same as the method of connecting the first GEPS to the GMPS.
l The types of interface boards, installation positions of cables, and number of cables shown in Figure
5-26 andFigure 5-27 are examples. The actual types of interface boards, installation positions of cables,
and number of cables depend on the site plan.
Table 5-14 describes the connections of the signal cables in the GBCR.
5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
5-32 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 71/310
Table 5-14 Signal cables in the GBCR
SN
Description Connector Type/ InstallationPosition 1
ConnectorType/ Installation
Position 2
Remarks
1 75-ohm coaxial clock
cable (or 120-ohm clock
conversion cable)
connecting the GGCU to
the BITS clock port
SMB male
connector/
CLKIN1 port on
the GGCU that is
installed in slot 13
of the GMPS
Connector
attached to the
BITS clock/
BITS clock port
Figure 5-26
shows the clock
cables that are
connected to the
CLKIN1 and
CLKIN0 ports.
Generally, only
one port is used
to connect to the
BITS clock.
2 75-ohm coaxial clock
cable (or 120-ohm clock
conversion cable)
connecting the GGCU tothe BITS clock port
SMB male
connector/
CLKIN0 port on
the GGCU that isinstalled in slot 13
of the GMPS
Connector
attached to the
BITS clock/
BITS clock port
3 75-ohm coaxial clock
cable (or 120-ohm clock
conversion cable)
connecting the GGCU to
the BITS clock port
SMB male
connector/
CLKIN1 port on
the GGCU that is
installed in slot 12
of the GMPS
Connector
attached to the
BITS clock/
BITS clock port
4 75-ohm coaxial clock
cable (or 120-ohm clock
conversion cable)
connecting the GGCU to
the BITS clock port
SMB male
connector/
CLKIN0 port on
the GGCU that is
installed in slot 12
of the GMPS
Connector
attached to the
BITS clock/
BITS clock port
5 Y-shaped clock cable
connecting the GGCU to
the GSCU
RJ45/CLKOUT
port on the GGCU
that is installed in
slot 12 or 13 of the
GMPS
RJ45/CLKIN
port on the
GSCU that is
installed in slot 6
of the GEPS
-
6 Y-shaped clock cable
connecting the GGCU tothe GSCU
RJ45/CLKOUT
port on the GGCUthat is installed in
slot 12 or 13 of the
GMPS
RJ45/CLKIN
port on theGSCU that is
installed in slot 7
of the GEPS
7 Inter-GTNU cable DB14/TDM port
on the GTNU that
is installed in slot 4
or 5 of the GMPS
DB14/TDM port
on the GTNU
that is installed in
slot 4 or 5 of the
GEPS
-
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
5-33
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 72/310
SN
Description Connector Type/ InstallationPosition 1
ConnectorType/ InstallationPosition 2
Remarks
8 Inter-GTNU cable DB14/TDM port
on the GTNU that
is installed in slot 4
or 5 of the GMPS
DB14/TDM port
on the GTNU
that is installed in
slot 4 or 5 of the
GEPS
9 E1/T1 cable connecting
the EIUa/PEUa to the
DDF or other NEs
DB44/E1/T1 port
on the EIUa/PEUa
that is installed in
slot 14 of the GEPS
DDF or other
NEs
-
10 E1/T1 cable connecting
the EIUa/PEUa to theDDF or other NEs
DB44/E1/T1 port
on the EIUa/PEUathat is installed in
slot 15 of the GEPS
DDF or other
NEs
11 E1/T1 cable connecting
the EIUa/PEUa to the
DDF or other NEs
DB44/E1/T1 port
on the EIUa/PEUa
that is installed in
slot 14 or 15 of the
GEPS
DDF or other
NEs
-
12 PDB monitoring signal
cable
DB15/port
connecting the
PDB to a servicesubrack
DB15/
MONITOR port
on the lowestsubrack
-
13 Optical cable LC optical port/slot
27 of the GEPS
OIUa in the
GTCS, or ODF,
or other NEs
-
14 Inter-GSCU Ethernet
cable
RJ45/10/100/1000
BASE-T port on
the GSCU that is
installed in slot 7 of
the GMPS
RJ45/10/100/10
00BASE-T port
on the GSCU
that is installed in
slot 6 of the
GEPS
-
15 Inter-GSCU Ethernet
cable
RJ45/10/100/1000
BASE-T port on
the GSCU that is
installed in slot 7 of
the GMPS
RJ45/10/100/10
00BASE-T port
on the GSCU
that is installed in
slot 7 of the
GEPS
5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
5-34 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 73/310
SN
Description Connector Type/ InstallationPosition 1
ConnectorType/ InstallationPosition 2
Remarks
16 Inter-GSCU Ethernet
cable
RJ45/10/100/1000
BASE-T port on
the GSCU that is
installed in slot 6 of
the GMPS
RJ45/10/100/10
00BASE-T port
on the GSCU
that is installed in
slot 7 of the
GEPS
17 Inter-GSCU Ethernet
cable
RJ45/10/100/1000
BASE-T port on
the GSCU that is
installed in slot 6 of
the GMPS
RJ45/10/100/10
00BASE-T port
on the GSCU
that is installed in
slot 6 of the
GEPS
18 Ethernet cable between
the GSCU and the GBAM
RJ45/GBAM RJ45/10/100/10
00BASE-T10
port on the
GSCU that is
installed in slot 6
of the GMPS
-
19 Ethernet cable between
the GSCU and the GBAM
RJ45/GBAM RJ45/10/100/10
00BASE-T10
port on the
GSCU that isinstalled in slot 7
of the GEPS
20 Ethernet cable between
the LAN switch and the
GBAM
RJ45/Ethernet port
on the GBAM
RJ45/Ethernet
port on the LAN
switch
The GBAM is
connected to
port 2 on the
LAN switch.
21 Ethernet cable between
the LAN switch and the
LMT computer
RJ45/Ethernet port
on the LAN switch
RJ45/LMT
computer
The LMT
computer is
connected to
port 22 on theLAN switch.
22 Ethernet cable between
the LAN switch and the
M2000 (LAN)
RJ45/Ethernet port
on the LAN switch
RJ45/Ethernet
port on the
M2000 (LAN)
The M2000
(LAN) is
connected to
port 24 on the
LAN switch.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
5-35
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 74/310
SN
Description Connector Type/ InstallationPosition 1
ConnectorType/ InstallationPosition 2
Remarks
23 Ethernet cable between
the GBAM and the KVM
DB25 male
connector/KVM
signal input port
DB15 male
connector/
GBAM monitor
port (PS2 male
connector)/Y-
shaped KVM
mouse port (PS2
male connector)/
Y-shaped KVM
key port
-
24 Ethernet cable between
the LAN switch and the
CBC
RJ45/Ethernet port
on the LAN switch
RJ45/Ethernet
port on the
M2000 (LAN)
The CBC is
connected to
port 20 on the
LAN switch.
5.10 Technical Specifications of the GBCR (ConfigurationType A)
The technical specifications of the GBCR consist of structural specifications and electrical
specifications.
Table 5-15 describes the structural specifications of the GBCR.
Table 5-15 Structural specifications of the GBCR
Specification Value
Cabinet standard IEC60297 standard and IEEE standard
Dimensions 2,200 mm (height) x 600 mm (width) x 800 mm (depth)
Height available 46 U
Weight Empty cabinet≤ 100 kg; cabinet in full configuration≤ 300 kg
Load-bearing capacity
of the equipment room≥ 450 kg/m2
Table 5-16 describes the electrical specifications of the GBCR.
5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
5-36 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 75/310
Table 5-16 Electrical specifications of the GBCR
Specification Value
Rated input voltage -48 V
Input voltage -40 V to -57 V
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
5-37
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 76/310
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 77/310
6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)
About This Chapter
This describes the components, cable connections, and engineering specifications of the GBCR
that is configured with the GOMU.
6.1 Components of the GBCR (Configuration Type B)
This describes the outer components and inner components of the GBCR.
6.2 BSC High-Power Distribution Box
Each BSC ca binet must be configured with a power distribution box, which is installed at the
top of the BSC cabinet.
6.3 Cable Connections of the GBCR (Configuration Type B)
The cables of the GBCR consist of the power cables, PGND cables, and signal cables.
6.4 Technical Specifications of the GBCR (Configuration Type B)
The technical specifications of the GBCR consist of structural specifications and electrical
specifications.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
6-1
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 78/310
6.1 Components of the GBCR (Configuration Type B)
This describes the outer components and inner components of the GBCR.
The outer components of the GBCR consist of the rack, side doors, front door, and rear door.
The inner components of the GBCR vary with the configuration type. In configuration type B,
the inner components of the GBCR consist of the power distribution box, subracks, air defence
subrack, and rear cable trough.
Outer Components of the GBCR
Figure 6-1 shows the outer components of the GBCR.
6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
6-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 79/310
Figure 6-1 Outer components of the GBCR
1
2
23
3
(1) Rack (2) Side door (3) Front and back doors
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
6-3
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 80/310
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 81/310
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 82/310
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 83/310
Table 6-2 LEDs on the front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for
1s
The PAMU is working and communicating
with the GSCU.
On for 0.125s and
off for 0.125s
The PAMU is not working or not
communicating with the GSCU.
Off The PAMU has no power input or the power
distribution box is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On The power distribution box is faulty. The
ALM LED, however, is always on during the
PAMU self-test. It is an indication that the
ALM LED is functional.
NOTE
When the power distribution box is reset, the RUN and ALM LEDs turn on at the same time. Meanwhile,
the monitoring board is performing self-check. As soon as the self-check is complete, the RUN and ALM
LEDs turn off. Then, the RUN and ALM LEDs normally display the operating status of the power
distribution box.
6.2.3 Rear Panel of the BSC High-Power Distribution Box
The components on the rear panel of the BSC high-power distribution box are the power input
terminal block, power output terminal block, port used to connect the power distribution box to
a service subrack, and 2-hole grounding screw.
Figure 6-4 shows the rear panel of the BSC high-power distribution box.
Figure 6-4 Rear panel of the BSC high-power distribution box
1
B
4
A
2
3
(1) Power input terminal block (2) Power output terminal block
(3) Port used to connect the power distribution box to a service subrack (4) 2-hole grounding screw
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
6-7
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 84/310
NOTE
l Figure 6-4 shows the main ports related to the BSC.
l On the power input terminal blocks of groups A and B, the wiring terminals for the -48 V power cable
are labeled 3(-), 2(-), and 1(-), and the wiring terminals for the RTN power cable are labeled 3(+), 2
(+), and 1(+).
l On the power output terminal blocks of groups A and B, the wiring terminals for the -48 V power cable
and RTN power cable are labeled NEG(-) and RTN(+) respectively .
6.2.4 Technical Specifications of the BSC High-Power DistributionBox
The technical specifications of the BSC high-power distribution box consist of the input
specifications and output specifications.
Table 6-3 lists the technical specifications of the BSC high-power distribution box.
Table 6-3 Technical specifications of the BSC high-power distribution box
Item Sub Item Specification
Input
specifications
Rated input voltage -48 V DC or -60 V DC
Input voltage -40 V DC to -72 V DC
Input mode Two groups of power inputs: A and B. Group A
consists of the power inputs A1+A2 and A3. Group
B consists of the power inputs B1+B2 and B3. Each
group has one to two -48 V DC/-60 V DC power
inputs.
Maximum input
current
The maximum rated input current of each route is
100 A.
Output
specifications
Rated output voltage -48 V DC or -60 V DC
Output voltage -40 V DC to -72 V DC
Independent output Two groups of power outputs: A and B. Each group
has one to three -48 V DC/-60 V DC power outputs.
The maximum rated output current of each output
is 50 A and that of each group is 100 A.
Each output is controlled by the MCBs: A8-A10and B8-B10. These MCBs provide the overcurrent
protection function.
Output protection
specifications
The current at the overcurrent protection point is
70 A. You need to restore the default value
manually.
Rated output power 9,600 W (Two groups of power outputs: A and B.
Each group has two –48 V DC power outputs.)
6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
6-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 85/310
Item Sub Item Specification
NOTEFor group A, power inputs A1+A2 correspond to power outputs A1-A8, and power input A3 corresponds
to power outputs A9-A10. Similarly, for group B, power inputs B1+B2 correspond to power outputs B1-
B8, and power input B3 corresponds to power outputs B9-B10.
6.3 Cable Connections of the GBCR (Configuration Type B)
The cables of the GBCR consist of the power cables, PGND cables, and signal cables.
6.3.1 Distribution of Power Switches in the GBCR (Configuration Type B)
The GBCR can be configured with the BSC common power distribution box or the BSC high-
power distribution box. Each of the six power outputs of the power distribution box supplies
power to a component in the GBCR in a fixed way.
6.3.2 Connections of Power Cables and PGND Cables in the GBCR (Configuration Type B)
The power cables of the GBCR are used to connect the PDF to the PDB. This ensures a stable
power supply for the GBCR. The PGND cables are used to connect the cabinet to the PDF or to
the grounding bar in the equipment room. This protects the cabinet from electrostatic discharge.
The connections of power cables in the cabinet vary with the types of power distribution box in
use.
6.3.3 Connections of Signal Cables in the GBCR (Configuration Type B)
The signal cables in the GBCR consist of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable, active/
standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable, optical cable, straight-through cable, inter-GTNU cable,
BITS clock cable, Y-shaped clock cable, and PDB monitoring signal cable.
6.3.1 Distribution of Power Switches in the GBCR (ConfigurationType B)
The GBCR can be configured with the BSC common power distribution box or the BSC high-
power distribution box. Each of the six power outputs of the power distribution box su pplies
power to a component in the GBCR in a fixed way.
Distribution of the Power Switches in the GBSR (Common Power DistributionBox)
Figure 6-5 shows the mapping between the six power control switches on the power distribution
box and the components in the GBCR. Table 6-4 lists the mapping between the power control
switches and the components.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
6-9
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 86/310
Figure 6-5 Distribution of the power switches in the GBCR (1)
Distribution of power switches
SW1, SW4
SW2, SW5
Subrack-2
Subrack-1
Subrack-0SW3, SW6
Table 6-4 Mapping between the power switches and the components (1)
Component Power Switch
Subrack 2 SW1 and SW4
Subrack 1 SW2 and SW5
Subrack 0 SW3 and SW6
Distribution of the Power Switches in the GBCR (High-Power Distribution Box)
Figure 6-6 shows the mapping between the six power control switches on the high-power
distribution box and the components in the GBCR. Table 6-5 lists the mapping between the
power control switches and the components.
6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
6-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 87/310
Figure 6-6 Distribution of the power switches in the GBCR (2)
Distribution of power switches
A8、B8
A9、B9
Subrack-2
Subrack-1
Subrack-010、B10
Table 6-5 Mapping between the power switches and the components (2)
Component Power Switch
Subrack 2 A8 and B8
Subrack 1 A9 and B9
Subrack 0 A10 and B10
6.3.2 Connections of Power Cables and PGND Cables in the GBCR(Configuration Type B)
The power cables of the GBCR are used to connect the PDF to the PDB. This ensures a stable
power supply for the GBCR. The PGND cables are used to connect the cabinet to the PDF or to
the grounding bar in the equipment room. This protects the cabinet from electrostatic discharge.
The connections of power cables in the cabinet vary with the types of power distribution box in
use.
Connections of the Power Cables and PGND Cables (Common Power DistributionBox Configured)
Figure 6-7 shows the connections of the power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
6-11
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 88/310
Figure 6-7 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (1)
4.14.2
5.15.2
6.16.23.2
3.12.2
2.11.2
1.1
7
8
9
10
14
15
16
V2
V2
V2
R R R
Rear view
17
18
19
20
Vx: -48Vx
Rx: RTN
1.21.1 4.24.1
NEG(-) RTN(+) MONITOR NEG(-) RTN(+)
DC input1 DC input2
2.22.1 5.25.1
NEG(-) RTN(+)MONITOR
NEG(-) RTN(+)DC input1 DC input2
3.23.1 6.26.1
NEG(-) RTN(+)MONITOR
NEG(-) RTN(+)DC input1 DC input2
V
1
V
1
V
1R R R
Front view
21
22
23
24
11
12
13
SW1 SW2 SW3SW4 SW5 SW6
PGND wiring post
on the top of the cabinetPower distribution box Power distribution box
Subrack
Subrack
Subrack
Subrack
Subrack Subrack
PGND wiring post on the
base of the cabinet
PGND wiring post on the
base of the cabinet
6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
6-12 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 89/310
Table 6-6 lists the power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR.
Table 6-6 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (1)
Number Description
1.1 and 1.2; 2.1 and 2.2; 3.1 and 3.2; 4.1 and
4.2; 5.1 and 5.2; 6.1 and 6.2
Power cables for the BSC subracks
7 PGND cable for the power distribution box
8, 9, 10, 11, 12, and 13 PGND cables for the BSC subracks
14, 15, and 16 Inter-cabinet PGND cables
17-24 PGND cables for the cabinet doors
Connections of the Power Cables and PGND Cables (High-Power Distribution BoxConfigured)
Figure 6-8 shows the connections of the power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
6-13
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 90/310
Figure 6-8 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (2)
RTN(+)
21 87
NEG(-) RTN(+)MONITO
RNEG(-)
RTN(+)
43 109
NEG(-) RTN(+)MONITO
RNEG(-)
RTN(+)
65 1211
NEG(-) RTN(+)MONITO
RNEG(-)
13
14
15
16
19
18
17
20
21
22
Rear view Front view
27
28
29
30
23
24
25
26
DC input1 DC input2
DC input1 DC input2
DC input1 DC input2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910
B
RUNAL
MMUTE
Power distribution box
Subrack
Subrack
Subrack
Subrack
Subrack
Subrack
PGND wiring post on the
base of the cabinetPGND wiring post on the
base of the cabinet
Table 6-7 lists the power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR.
Table 6-7 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (2)
SN Description
1 and 2; 3 and 4; 5 and 6; 7 and 8; 9 and 10;
11 and 12
Power cables for the BSC subracks
6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
6-14 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 91/310
SN Description
13 PGND cable connecting the PDB and the
busbar
14, 15, and 16; 17, 18, and 19 PGND cables connecting the busbars of different subracks
20, 21, and 22 PGND cables connecting the busbars of
different cabinets
23-30 PGND cables for the cabinet doors
6.3.3 Connections of Signal Cables in the GBCR (Configuration
Type B)The signal cables in the GBCR consist of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable, active/
standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable, optical cable, straight-through cable, inter-GTNU cable,
BITS clock cable, Y-shaped clock cable, and PDB monitoring signal cable.
Figure 6-9 shows the connections of the signal cables in the GBCR.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
6-15
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 92/310
Figure 6-9 Connections of the signal cables in the GBCR
GEPS
GMPS
GTCS
Rear view Front view
Power
distribution box
MONITOR
MONITOR
12
12
10
9
13 9,10
MONITOR
GMPS
13
GEPS
11
7
7
8
8
5
1234
56
1415
1617
1417
7
8
6
1516
GTCS18 19 20
21
20
21
11
22
1918
NOTE
l Figure 6-9 takes the configuration of one GMPS, one GEPS, and one GTCS as an example.
l The types of interface boards, installation positions of cables, and number of cables shown in Figure
6-9 are examples. The actual types of interface boards, installation positions of cables, and number of
cables depend on the site plan.
Table 6-8 describes the connections of the signal cables in the GBCR.
6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
6-16 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 93/310
Table 6-8 Signal cables in the GBCR
SN Description Connector Type/ InstallationPosition 1
Connector Type/ InstallationPosition 2
Remarks
1 75-ohm coaxial
clock cable (or 120-
ohm clock
conversion cable)
connecting the
GGCU to the BITS
clock port
SMB male
connector/CLKIN1
port on the GGCU
that is installed in
slot 13 of the GMPS
Connector attached
to the BITS clock/
BITS clock port
Figure 6-9
shows the
clock cables
that are
connected to
the CLKIN1
and CLKIN0
ports.
Generally,
only one port
is used to
connect to theBITS clock.
2 75-ohm coaxial
clock cable (or 120-
ohm clock
conversion cable)connecting the
GGCU to the BITS
clock port
SMB male
connector/CLKIN0
port on the GGCU
that is installed inslot 13 of the GMPS
Connector attached
to the BITS clock/
BITS clock port
3 75-ohm coaxial
clock cable (or 120-
ohm clock
conversion cable)
connecting the
GGCU to the BITS
clock port
SMB male
connector/CLKIN1
port on the GGCU
that is installed in
slot 12 of the GMPS
Connector attached
to the BITS clock/
BITS clock port
4 75-ohm coaxial
clock cable (or 120-
ohm clock
conversion cable)
connecting the
GGCU to the BITS
clock port
SMB male
connector/CLKIN0
port on the GGCU
that is installed in
slot 12 of the GMPS
Connector attached
to the BITS clock/
BITS clock port
5 Y-shaped clock
cable connecting
the GGCU to the
GSCU
RJ45/CLKOUT
port on the GGCU
that is installed in
slot 12 or 13 of the
GMPS
RJ45/CLKIN port
on the GSCU that is
installed in slot 6 of
the GEPS
-
6 Y-shaped clock
cable connecting
the GGCU to the
GSCU
RJ45/CLKOUT
port on the GGCU
that is installed in
slot 12 or 13 of the
GMPS
RJ45/CLKIN port
on the GSCU that is
installed in slot 7 of
the GEPS
7 Inter-GTNU cable DB14/TDM port on
the GTNU that is
installed in slot 4 or
5 of the GMPS
DB14/TDM port
on the GTNU that
is installed in slot 4
or 5 of the GEPS
-
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
6-17
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 94/310
SN Description Connector Type/ InstallationPosition 1
Connector Type/ InstallationPosition 2
Remarks
8 Inter-GTNU cable DB14/TDM port on
the GTNU that is
installed in slot 4 or
5 of the GMPS
DB14/TDM port
on the GTNU that
is installed in slot 4
or 5 of the GEPS
9 E1/T1 cable
connecting the
EIUa/PEUa to the
DDF or other NEs
DB44/E1/T1 port
on the EIUa/PEUa
that is installed in
slot 14 of the GEPS
DDF or other NEs -
10 E1/T1 cable
connecting the
EIUa/PEUa to the
DDF or other NEs
DB44/E1/T1 port
on the EIUa/PEUa
that is installed in
slot 15 of the GEPS
DDF or other NEs
11 E1/T1 cable
connecting the
EIUa/PEUa to the
DDF or other NEs
DB44/E1/T1 port
on the EIUa/PEUa
that is installed in
slot 14 or 15 of the
GEPS
DDF or other NEs -
12 PDB monitoring
signal cable
DB15/port
connecting the PDB
to a service subrack
DB15/MONITOR
port on the lowest
subrack
-
13 Optical cable LC optical port/slot
27 of the GEPS
OIUa in the GTCS,
or ODF, or other
NEs
-
14 Inter-GSCU
Ethernet cable
RJ45/10/100/1000
BASE-T port on the
GSCU that is
installed in slot 7 of
the GMPS
RJ45/10/100/1000
BASE-T port on
the GSCU that is
installed in slot 6 of
the GEPS
-
15 Inter-GSCU
Ethernet cable
RJ45/10/100/1000
BASE-T port on the
GSCU that is
installed in slot 7 of the GMPS
RJ45/10/100/1000
BASE-T port on
the GSCU that is
installed in slot 7 of the GEPS
16 Inter-GSCU
Ethernet cable
RJ45/10/100/1000
BASE-T port on the
GSCU that is
installed in slot 6 of
the GMPS
RJ45/10/100/1000
BASE-T port on
the GSCU that is
installed in slot 7 of
the GEPS
6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
6-18 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 95/310
SN Description Connector Type/ InstallationPosition 1
Connector Type/ InstallationPosition 2
Remarks
17 Inter-GSCU
Ethernet cable
RJ45/10/100/1000
BASE-T port on the
GSCU that is
installed in slot 6 of
the GMPS
RJ45/10/100/1000
BASE-T port on
the GSCU that is
installed in slot 6 of
the GEPS
18 Inter-GSCU
Ethernet cable
RJ45/10/100/1000
BASE-T10 port on
the GSCU that is
installed in slot 6 of
the GMPS
RJ45/10/100/1000
BASE-T port on
the GSCU that is
installed in slot 6 of
the GTCS
-
19 Inter-GSCU
Ethernet cable
RJ45/10/100/1000
BASE-T10 port onthe GSCU that is
installed in slot 7 of
the GMPS
RJ45/10/100/1000
BASE-T port onthe GSCU that is
installed in slot 6 of
the GTCS
20 Inter-GSCU
Ethernet cable
RJ45/10/100/1000
BASE-T port on the
GSCU that is
installed in slot 7 of
the GMPS
RJ45/10/100/1000
BASE-T port on
the GSCU that is
installed in slot 7 of
the GTCS
-
21 Inter-GSCU
Ethernet cable
RJ45/10/100/1000
BASE-T port on theGSCU that is
installed in slot 6 of
the GMPS
RJ45/10/100/1000
BASE-T port onthe GSCU that is
installed in slot 7 of
the GTCS
-
22 Ethernet cable
between the GOMU
and the M2000
(LAN)
RJ45/GOMU
Ethernet port
RJ45/Ethernet port
on the M2000
(LAN)
ETH0/ETH1
port on the
GOMU,
connecting to
the M2000
(LAN)
6.4 Technical Specifications of the GBCR (ConfigurationType B)
The technical specifications of the GBCR consist of structural specifications and electrical
specifications.
Table 6-9 describes the structural specifications of the GBCR.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
6-19
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 96/310
Table 6-9 Structural specifications of the GBCR
Specification Value
Cabinet standard IEC60297 standard and IEEE standard
Dimensions 2,200 mm (height) x 600 mm (width) x 800 mm (depth)
Height of the available
space
46 U
Weight Empty cabinet≤ 100 kg; fully configured cabinet≤ 300 kg
Load-bearing capacity
of the equipment room≥ 450 kg/m2
Table 6-10 describes the electrical specifications of the GBCR.
Table 6-10 Electrical specifications of the GBCR
Specification Value
Rated input voltage -48 V
Input voltage -40 V to -57 V
6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
6-20 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 97/310
7 GBSR Cabinet
About This Chapter
The GBSR processes the services of the BSC. A maximum of three GBSRs can be configured,
depending on traffic volume.
7.1 Components of the GBSR
This describes the inner components and outer components of the GBSR.
7.2 Cable Connections of the GBSR
The cables of the GBSR consist of power cables, PGND cables, and signal cables.
7.3 Technical Specifications of the GBSR The technical specifications of the GBSR consist of structural specifications and electrical
specifications.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 7 GBSR Cabinet
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
7-1
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 98/310
7.1 Components of the GBSR
This describes the inner components and outer components of the GBSR.
The outer components of the GBSR consist of the rack, side doors, front door, and rear door.
The inner components of the GBSR consist of the power distribution box, subracks, air defence
subracks, and rear cable troughs.
Outer Components of the GBSR
Figure 7-1 shows the outer components of the GBSR.
7 GBSR Cabinet
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
7-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 99/310
Figure 7-1 Outer components of the GBSR
1
2
23
3
(1) Rack (2) Side door (3) Front and back doors
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 7 GBSR Cabinet
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
7-3
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 100/310
Inner Components of the GBSR
Figure 7-2 shows the inner components of the GBSR.
Figure 7-2 Inner components of the GBSR
3
3
2
2
2
Front view Rear view
1
4 4
5
6
6
6
(1) Filler panel (2) Subrack (3) Air defence subrack
(4) Power distribution box (5) Cable rack in the cabinet (6) Rear cable trough
Table 7-1 describes the inner components of the GBSR.
7 GBSR Cabinet
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
7-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 101/310
Table 7-1 Inner components of the GBSR
Component Description Refer to...
Power
distribution box
Based on the power consumption of
the GBSR, one BSC common power distribution box or one BSC high-
power distribution box is
configured.
BSC Common Power
Distribution Box and BSCHigh-Power Distribution Box
Subrack One to three GEPSs (GTCSs) are
configured.
BSC Subracks
Air defence
subrack
l When the cabinet is configured
with two subracks, one air
defence subrack should be
configured.
l
When the cabinet is configuredwith three subracks, two air
defence subracks should be
configured.
Air Defence Subrack
Rear cable trough Each subrack should be configured
with one rear cable trough.
Rear Cable Trough
NOTE
l If the GBCR is in configuration type A, the GBSR should be configured with the BSC common
power distribution box.
l If the GBCR is in configuration type B, the GBSR can be configured with the BSC common power
distribution box or the BSC high-power distribution box.
7.2 Cable Connections of the GBSR
The cables of the GBSR consist of power cables, PGND cables, and signal cables.
7.2.1 Distribution of the Power Switches in the GBSR
The GBSR can be configured with the BSC common power distribution box or the BSC high-
power distribution box. Each of the six power outputs of the power distribution box supplies power to a component in the GBSR in a fixed way.
7.2.2 Connections of Power Cables and PGND Cables in the GBSR
The power cables in the GBSR are used to connect the PDF to the power distribution box. This
ensures a stable power supply for the GBSR. The PGND cables are used to connect the cabinet
to the PDF or to the grounding bar in the equipment room. This protects the cabinet from
electrostatic discharge.
7.2.3 Connections of Signal Cables in the GBSR
The signal cables in the GBSR consist of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable, active/standby
120-ohm twisted pair cable, optical cable, straight-through cable, inter-GT NU cable, Y-shaped
clock cable, and PDB monitoring signal cable.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 7 GBSR Cabinet
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
7-5
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 102/310
7.2.1 Distribution of the Power Switches in the GBSR
The GBSR can be configured with the BSC common power distribution box or the BSC high-
power distribution box. Each of the six power outputs of the power distribution box supplies
power to a component in the GBSR in a fixed way.
Distribution of the Power Switches in the GBSR (Common Power DistributionBox)
Figure 7-3 shows the mapping between the six power control switches on the power distribution
box and the components in the GBSR. Table 7-2 lists the mapping between the power control
switches and the components.
Figure 7-3 Distribution of the power switches in the GBSR (1)
SW1、SW4
SW2、SW5
Subrack-2
Subrack-1
Subrack-0SW3、SW6
Distribution of power switches
Table 7-2 Mapping between the power switches and the components (1)
Component Power Switch
Subrack 2 SW1 and SW4
Subrack 1 SW2 and SW5
Subrack 0 SW3 and SW6
7 GBSR Cabinet
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
7-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 103/310
Distribution of the Power Switches in the GBSR (High-Power Distribution Box)
Figure 7-4 shows the mapping between the six power control switches on the high-power
distribution box and the components in the GBSR. Table 7-3 lists the mapping between the
power control switches and the components.
Figure 7-4 Distribution of the power switches in the GBSR (2)
A8、B8
A9、B9
Subrack-2
Subrack-1
Subrack-010、B10
Distribution of power switches
Table 7-3 Mapping between the power switches and the components (2)
Component Power Switch
Subrack 2 A8 and B8
Subrack 1 A9 and B9
Subrack 0 A10 and B10
7.2.2 Connections of Power Cables and PGND Cables in the GBSR
The power cables in the GBSR are used to connect the PDF to the power distribution box. This
ensures a stable power supply for the GBSR. The PGND cables are used to connect the cabinet
to the PDF or to the grounding bar in the equipment room. This protects the cabinet fromelectrostatic discharge.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 7 GBSR Cabinet
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
7-7
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 104/310
Connections of the Power Cables and PGND Cables (Common Power DistributionBox Configured)
Figure 7-5 shows the connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR.
7 GBSR Cabinet
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
7-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 105/310
Figure 7-5 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR (1)
4.14.2
5.15.2
6.16.23.2
3.12.2
2.11.2
1.1
7
8
9
10
14
15
16
V2
V2
V2
R R R
Rear view
17
18
19
20
Vx: -48Vx
Rx: RTN
1.21.1 4.24.1
NEG(-) RTN(+) MONITOR NEG(-) RTN(+)
DC input1 DC input2
2.22.1 5.25.1
NEG(-) RTN(+)MONITOR
NEG(-) RTN(+)DC input1 DC input2
3.23.1 6.26.1
NEG(-) RTN(+)MONITOR
NEG(-) RTN(+)DC input1 DC input2
V
1
V
1
V
1R R R
Front view
21
22
23
24
11
12
13
SW1 SW2 SW3SW4 SW5 SW6
PGND wiring post
on the top of the cabinetPower distribution box Power distribution box
Subrack
Subrack
Subrack
Subrack
Subrack Subrack
PGND wiring post on the
base of the cabinet
PGND wiring post on the
base of the cabinet
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 7 GBSR Cabinet
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
7-9
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 106/310
Table 7-4 describes the power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR.
Table 7-4 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR (1)
Number Description
1.1 and 1.2; 2.1 and 2.2; 3.1 and 3.2; 4.1 and
4.2; 5.1 and 5.2; 6.1 and 6.2
Power cables for the BSC subracks
7 and 8 PGND cables for the cabinet busbar
9 PGND cable for the power distribution box
10, 11, and 12 PGND cables for the BSC subracks
13, 14, and 15 Inter-cabinet PGND cables
16-23 PGND cables for the cabinet doors
Connections of the Power Cables and PGND Cables (High-Power Distribution BoxConfigured)
Figure 7-6 shows the connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR.
7 GBSR Cabinet
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
7-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 107/310
Figure 7-6 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR (2)
4.14.2
5.15.2
6.16.23.2
3.12.2
2.11.2
1.1
7
8
9
10
14
15
16
V2
V2
V2
R R R
Rear view
17
18
19
20
Vx: -48Vx
Rx: RTN
1.21.1 4.24.1
NEG(-) RTN(+) MONITOR NEG(-) RTN(+)
DC input1 DC input2
2.22.1 5.25.1
NEG(-) RTN(+)MONITOR
NEG(-) RTN(+)DC input1 DC input2
3.23.1 6.26.1
NEG(-) RTN(+)MONITOR
NEG(-) RTN(+)DC input1 DC input2
V
1
V
1
V
1R R R
Front view
21
22
23
24
11
12
13
SW1 SW2 SW3SW4 SW5 SW6
PGND wiring post
on the top of the cabinetPower distribution box Power distribution box
Subrack
Subrack
Subrack
Subrack
Subrack Subrack
PGND wiring post on the
base of the cabinet
PGND wiring post on the
base of the cabinet
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 7 GBSR Cabinet
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
7-11
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 108/310
Table 7-5 describes the power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR.
Table 7-5 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR (2)
SN Description
1 and 2; 3 and 4; 5 and 6; 7 and 8; 9 and 10;
11 and 12
Power cables for the BSC subracks
13 PGND cable connecting the PDB and the
busbar
14, 15, and 16; 17, 18, and 19 PGND cables connecting the busbars of
different subracks
20, 21, and 22 PGND cables connecting the busbars of
different cabinets
23-30 PGND cables for the cabinet doors
7.2.3 Connections of Signal Cables in the GBSR
The signal cables in the GBSR consist of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable, active/standby
120-ohm twisted pair cable, optical cable, straight-through cable, inter-GTNU cable, Y-shaped
clock cable, and PDB monitoring signal cable.
Figure 7-7 shows the connections of the signal cables in the GBSR.
7 GBSR Cabinet
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
7-12 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 109/310
Figure 7-7 Connections of the signal cables in the GBSR
Front view
89
63
5
9
10
10
11
4
8
2
7
67
345
2
11
12
12
GTCS
GTCS
GTCS
Rear view
1
13
15
14
14,15
MONITOR
MONITOR
MONITOR
1
13
Power
distribution
box
16
16
GTCS
GTCS
GTCS
Power
distribution
box
NOTE
l Figure 7-7 shows the connections of the signal cables in a GBSR that is configured with three GTCSs.
If the number of GTCSs to be configured is greater than three, another cabinet is required. The
connections of signals cables for more than three GTCSs are the same.
l The types of interface boards, installation positions of cables, and number of cables shown in Figure
7-7 are examples. The actual types of interface boards, installation positions of cables, and number of
cables depend on the site plan.
l In Figure 7-7, the lowest GTCS serves as the main subrack and the GSCUs in the subracks are
connected in the form of star topology. In practice, any GTCS can be used as the main subrack.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 7 GBSR Cabinet
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
7-13
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 110/310
Table 7-6 describes the connections of the signal cables in the GBSR.
Table 7-6 Signal cables in the GBSR
SN Description Connector Type/ Installation Position 1
Connector Type/ Installation Position 2
1 PDB monitoring
signal cable
DB15/port connecting the
PDB to a service subrack
DB15/MONITOR port on
the lowest subrack
2 Inter-GSCU
Ethernet cable
RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T
port on the GSCU that is
installed in slot 6 of the
main GTCS
RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-
T port on the GSCU that is
installed in slot 6 of the
GTCS
3 Inter-GSCU
Ethernet cable
RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T
port on the GSCU that is
installed in slot 6 of themain GTCS
RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-
T port on the GSCU that is
installed in slot 7 of theGTCS
4 Inter-GSCU
Ethernet cable
RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T
port on the GSCU that is
installed in slot 6 of the
main GTCS
RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-
T port on the GSCU that is
installed in slot 6 of the
GTCS
5 Inter-GSCU
Ethernet cable
RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T
port on the GSCU that is
installed in slot 6 of the
main GTCS
RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-
T port on the GSCU that is
installed in slot 7 of the
GTCS
6 Inter-GSCUEthernet cable
RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T port on the GSCU that is
installed in slot 7 of the
main GTCS
RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T port on the GSCU that is
installed in slot 6 of the
GTCS
7 Inter-GSCU
Ethernet cable
RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T
port on the GSCU that is
installed in slot 7 of the
main GTCS
RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-
T port on the GSCU that is
installed in slot 7 of the
GTCS
8 Inter-GSCU
Ethernet cable
RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T
port on the GSCU that is
installed in slot 7 of themain GTCS
RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-
T port on the GSCU that is
installed in slot 6 of theGTCS
9 Inter-GSCU
Ethernet cable
RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T
port on the GSCU that is
installed in slot 7 of the
main GTCS
RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-
T port on the GSCU that is
installed in slot 7 of the
GTCS
10 Inter-GTNU cable DB14/TDM port on the
GTNU that is installed in
slot 4 or 5 of the GTCS
DB14/TDM port on the
GTNU that is installed in
slot 4 or 5 of the GTCS
7 GBSR Cabinet
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
7-14 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 111/310
SN Description Connector Type/ Installation Position 1
Connector Type/ Installation Position 2
11 Inter-GTNU cable DB14/TDM port on the
GTNU that is installed in
slot 4 or 5 of the GTCS
DB14/TDM port on the
GTNU that is installed in
slot 4 or 5 of the GTCS
12 Inter-GTNU cable DB14/TDM port on the
GTNU that is installed in
slot 4 or 5 of the GTCS
DB14/TDM port on the
GTNU that is installed in
slot 4 or 5 of the GTCS
13 E1/T1 cable
connecting the
EIUa/PEUa to the
DDF or other NEs
DB44/E1/T1 port on the
EIUa/PEUa that is installed
in slot 14 or 15 of the GTCS
DDF or other NEs
14 E1/T1 cable
connecting theEIUa/PEUa to the
DDF or other NEs
DB44/E1/T1 port on the
EIUa/PEUa that is installedin slot 14 or 15 of the GTCS
DDF or other NEs
15 E1/T1 cable
connecting the
EIUa/PEUa to the
DDF or other NEs
DB44/E1/T1 port on the
EIUa/PEUa that is installed
in slot 14 or 15 of the GTCS
DDF or other NEs
16 Optical cable LC optical port/RX/TX port
on the OIUa that is installed
in slot 27 of the GTCS
OIUa of the GMPS/GEPS
or ODF
7.3 Technical Specifications of the GBSR
The technical specifications of the GBSR consist of structural specifications and electrical
specifications.
Table 7-7 describes the structural specifications of the GBSR.
Table 7-7 Structural specifications of the GBSR
Specification Value
Cabinet standard IEC60297 standard and IEEE standard
Dimensions 2,200 mm (height) x 600 mm (width) x 800 mm (depth)
Height available 46 U
Weight Empty cabinet≤ 100 kg; cabinet in full configuration≤ 300 kg
Load-bearing capacity
of the equipment room≥ 450 kg/m2
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 7 GBSR Cabinet
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
7-15
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 112/310
Table 7-8 describes the electrical specifications of the GBSR.
Table 7-8 Electrical specifications of the GBSR
Specification Value
Rated input voltage -48 V
Input voltage -40 V to -57 V
7 GBSR Cabinet
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
7-16 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 113/310
8 BSC Subracks
About This Chapter
This describes BSC subracks. BSC subracks are used to integrate boards and backplanes into
an independent unit. BSC subracks are functionally classified into the GSM main processing
subrack (GMPS), GSM extended processing subrack (GEPS), and GSM transcoder subrack
(GTCS).
8.1 Components of the BSC Subrack
This describes the components of the BSC subrack. The BSC subrack consists of the fan box,
slots, front ca ble trough, and backplane.
8.2 BSC Fan Box
The fan box is used to dissipate the heat generated by the BSC. Each subrack must be configured
with one fan box.
8.3 BSC Slots
This describes the BSC slots. A backplane is positioned in the center of the BSC subrack. The
BSC boards are installed on the front and rear sides of the backplane.
8.4 DIP Switches on the BSC Subrack
This describes the DIP switch on the BSC subrack. The DIP switch on the BSC subrack is used
to define the numbering of the BSC subrack.
8.5 Configuration of the BSC Subrack
The BSC subracks are classified into the GMPS, GEPS, and GTCS. This describes the
recommended configurations of these subracks in different application scenarios and
combination modes.
8.6 Technical Specifications of the BSC Subrack
The technical specifications of the BSC Subrack consist of the dimensions, height of the available
space, weight of the subrack, and power consumption of the fully configured subrack.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 8 BSC Subracks
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
8-1
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 114/310
8.1 Components of the BSC Subrack
This describes the components of the BSC subrack. The BSC subrack consists of the fan box,
slots, front cable trough, and backplane.
Structure of the BSC Subrack
The BSC subrack is designed in compliance with IEC60297 standards. The BSC subrack is 19
inches wide and 12 U high. Figure 8-1 shows the structure of the BSC subrack.
8 BSC Subracks
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
8-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 115/310
Figure 8-1 Structure of the BSC subrack
Rear view
Front view
(1) Fan box (2) Hanger (3) Guide rail
(4) Front cable trough (5) Board (6) Grounding screw
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 8 BSC Subracks
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
8-3
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 116/310
(7) Port for DC power input (8) Input port for the monitoring signals of the power
distribution box
(9) Cover of the DIP switch
Components
Table 8-1 lists the components of the BSC subrack.
Table 8-1 Components of the BSC subrack
Component Description
Fan box For details, refer to 8.2.1 Fan Box
(Configuration PFCU)or 8.2.2 Fan Box
(Configuration PFCB).
Slots in the subrack For details, refer to 8.3 BSC Slots.
Front cable trough The front cable trough is used to route the front
cables of the subrack to both sides of the cabinet.
Backplane The backplane is used to connect the boards in
the same subrack.
NOTE
For details on the settings of the DIP switches of the subrack, refer to 8.4 DIP Switches on the BSC
Subrack .
8.2 BSC Fan Box
The fan box is used to dissipate the heat generated by the BSC. Each subrack must be configured
with one fan box.
CAUTION
If you reassemble the fan box when the system is running, ensure that the operation lasts for less
than three minutes. If your operation exceeds three minutes, excessive heat may lead to faults
in the boards.
8.2.1 Fan Box (Configuration PFCU)
This describes the appearance, LEDs, and technical specifications of the fan box that is
configured with the PFCU.
8.2.2 Fan Box (Configuration PFCB)
This describes the appearance, LEDs, and technical specifications of the fan box that is
configured with the PFCB.
8 BSC Subracks
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
8-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 117/310
8.2.1 Fan Box (Configuration PFCU)
This describes the appearance, LEDs, and technical specifications of the fan box that is
configured with the PFCU.
Appearance of the Fan Box(Configuration PFCU)
The fan box consists of the fans, boards, LED, and handle.
Figure 8-2 shows the fan box.
Figure 8-2 Fan box (Configuration PFCU)
(1) PFPU (2) Fan (3) PFCU
(4) LED (5) Screw (6) Handle
NOTE
l The PFPU is inserted in the rear part of the fan box. It provides power supply for nine fans, keeps the
voltage stable through a stabilizing tube, and ensures normal operation of the fans.
l The PFCU is the fan control unit. For details on the PFCU, refer to 9.28 PFCU.
LED on the Fan Box (Configuration PFCU)
The fan box uses a bi-color LED.
Table 8-2 describes the LED on the fan box.
Table 8-2 LED on the fan box (Configuration PFCU)
Color Status Meaning
Green On for 1s and off for 1s The fan box works normally (the
fan box is registered).
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 8 BSC Subracks
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
8-5
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 118/310
Color Status Meaning
On for 0.25s and off for 0.25s The fan box works normally (the
fan box is not registered).
Red On for 1s and off for 1s The fan box is registered and hasone of the following problems:
l One-way power supply to the
subrack.
l Communication failure.
l Fan stops running or its speed
is too low.
l Fan box in an excessively
high temperature or
temperature sensor failure.
On for 0.25s and off for 0.25s The fan box is not registered and
has one of the following
problems:
l One-way power supply to the
subrack.
l Fan stops running or its speed
is too low.
l Fan box in an excessively
high temperature or
temperature sensor failure.
NOTE
The fan box is registered means that the fan box communicates with the BSC normally. The fan box is not
registered means that the fan box does not communicate with the BSC normally.
Technical Specifications of the Fan Box (Configuration PFCU)
The technical specifications for the fan box consist of height, voltage, maximum power,
temperature, and fan speed.
Table 8-3 lists the technical specifications of the fan box.
Table 8-3 Technical specifications of the fan box (Configuration PFCU)
Specification Value
Height 1.5U (1 U = 44.45 mm)
Input voltage -60 V DC to -42 V DC
Maximum power 150 W
Temperature -5°C to +55°C
8 BSC Subracks
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
8-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 119/310
Specification Value
Fan speed The speed of the fans can be adjusted from
50% to 100%.
NOTE
When the BSC is powered on, when a subrack is reset, or when the BSC is upgraded, the fans in all the
subracks run at full speed and the alarm LEDs on all the boards blink in a short period. These are normal
symptoms during the BSC startup.
8.2.2 Fan Box (Configuration PFCB)
This describes the appearance, LEDs, and technical specifications of the fan box that is
configured with the PFCB.
Appearance of the Fan Box (Configuration PFCB)
The fan box consists of the fans, boards, LED, and handle.
Figure 8-3 shows the fan box.
Figure 8-3 Fan box (Configuration PFCB)
2
1
5
5
4
4
3
(1) PFCB (2) Fan (3) LED
(4) Screw (5) Handle
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 8 BSC Subracks
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
8-7
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 120/310
NOTE
l The PFCB is the fan control board. For details on the PFCB, refer to 9.29 PFCB.
LED on the Fan Box (Configuration PFCB)
The fan box uses a bi-color LED.
Table 8-4 describes the LED on the fan box.
Table 8-4 LED on the fan box (Configuration PFCB)
Color Status Meaning
Green On for 1s and off for 1s The fan box is supplied with power in
two ways without any fault (and is
registered).
On for 0.25s and off for 0.25s
The fan box is supplied with power intwo ways without any fault (not
registered).
Red On for 1s and off for 1s The fan box is registered and has one of
the following problems:
l One-way power supply to the
subrack.
l Communication failure.
l Fan stops running or its speed is too
low.
l Fan box in an excessively high
temperature or temperature sensor
failure.
l Failure in speed regulation of fan box
alarm.
On for 0.25s and off for
0.25s
The fan box is not registered and has one
of the following problems:
l One-way power supply to the
subrack.
l Fan stops running or its speed is too
low.
l Fan box in an excessively high
temperature or temperature sensor
failure.
l Failure in speed regulation of fan box
alarm.
NOTE
The fan box is register ed means that the fan box communicates with the BSC normally. The fan box is notregistered means that the fan box does not communicate with the BSC normally.
8 BSC Subracks
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
8-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 121/310
Technical Specifications of the Fan Box (Configuration PFCB)
The technical specifications for the fan box consist of height, voltage, maximum power,
temperature, and fan speed.
Table 8-5 lists the technical specifications of the fan box.
Table 8-5 Technical specifications of the fan box (Configuration PFCB)
Specification Value
Height 1.5 U (1 U = 44.45 mm)
Input voltage -40V DC to -57V DC
Maximum power 150 W
Temperature -5°C to +55°C
Fan speed The speed of the fans can be adjusted from
55% to 100%.
NOTE
When the BSC is powered on, when a subrack is reset, or when the BSC is upgraded, the fans in all the
subracks run at full speed and the alarm LEDs on all the boards blink in a short period. These are normal
symptoms during the BSC startup.
8.3 BSC SlotsThis describes the BSC slots. A backplane is positioned in the center of the BSC subrack. The
BSC boards are installed on the front and rear sides of the backplane.
Figure 8-4 shows the physical structure of the BSC subrack. The cubes shown in the figure
indicate boards.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 8 BSC Subracks
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
8-9
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 122/310
Figure 8-4 Slot assignment in the BSC subrack
1
3
2
00 13
2714
06
20
(1) Front board (2) Backplane (3) Rear board
NOTE
l The backplane separates the BSC subrack into a front subrack and a rear subrack. The slots in the front
subrack are numbered from 00 to 13 and the slots in the rear subrack are numbered from 14 to 27. The
front subrack holds service boards and the rear subrack holds interface boards. In principle, each slot
holds one board, but there are exceptions. Slots 20 and 21 hold one GOMU, and slots 22 and 23 hold
one GOMU.l Two neighboring even and odd slots, for example, slot 00 and slot 01, slot 02 and slot 03, work in
active/standby mode. The boards working in active/standby mode occupy the active and standby slots.
8.4 DIP Switches on the BSC Subrack
This describes the DIP switch on the BSC subrack. The DIP switch on the BSC subrack is used
to define the numbering of the BSC subrack.
Appearance
Figure 8-5 shows the DIP switches on the BSC subrack.
Figure 8-5 DIP switch on the BSC subrack
ON1 8
8 BSC Subracks
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
8-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 123/310
Meaning of the DIP Bits
The DIP bits are numbered in ascending order from bit 1 to bit 8. ON represents digit 0 and OFF
represents digit 1. Table 8-6 provides the definitions of the bits.
Table 8-6 Definitions of the DIP bits
DIP Bit Meaning
1 (the least significant bit) Subrack number setting bit
2 Subrack number setting bit
3 Subrack number setting bit
4 Subrack number setting bit
5 Subrack number setting bit
6 Odd parity check bit
7 Reserved, undefined, generally set to 0 (ON)
8 (the most significant
bit)
l For the GMPS, the bit should be set to 1 (OFF).
l For the GEPS and GTCS, the bit should be set to 0 (ON).
Bit 8 (the most significant bit) is used to set the startup mode of the GSCU in the subrack. Thedefinitions of this bit are as follows:
l If this bit is set to 0 (the status of the DIP bit is ON), the GSCU is set to Not Start
Automatically. The startup of the GSCU depends on the GOMU. In other words, when the
GSCU is started, it loads data from the GOMU.
l If this bit is set to 1 (the status of the DIP bit is OFF), the GSCU is set to Start Automatically.
When the GSCU is started, it checks whether the Flash file is valid. If the Flash file is valid,
the GSCU loads data from the Flash. If the Flash file is invalid, the GSCU loads data from
the GOMU.
Setting Scheme
As the DIP switches use odd parity check, the number of 1s in the eight DIP bits must be an odd
number. The setting should adhere to the following principles:
1. Set DIP bits 1 through 5 and DIP bit 8.
2. Set DIP bit 7 to 0.
3. Count the number of 1s that have been set.
l If the number of 1s is even, set DIP bit 6 to 1.
l If the number of 1s is odd, set DIP bit 6 to 0.
Assume that the subracks are numbered from 0 to 3. For the setting of the DIP switches in this
case, refer to Table 8-7. Subrack 0 should be the GMPS. Subracks 1 to 3 may be the GEPS or the GTCS.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 8 BSC Subracks
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
8-11
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 124/310
Table 8-7 Setting of the DIP switches
SubrackNo.
DIP Bit
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
(ON) (ON) (ON) (ON) (ON) (ON) (ON) (OFF)
1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
(OFF) (ON) (ON) (ON) (ON) (ON) (ON) (ON)
2 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
(ON) (OFF) (ON) (ON) (ON) (ON) (ON) (ON)
3 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0
(OFF) (OFF) (ON) (ON) (ON) (OFF) (ON) (ON)
8.5 Configuration of the BSC Subrack
The BSC subracks are classified into the GMPS, GEPS, and GTCS. This describes the
recommended configurations of these subracks in different application scenarios and
combination modes.
8.5.1 Configuration of the GMPS (Configuration Type A)The GMPS is configured in the GBCR. Each BSC must be configured with one GMPS. The
GMPS processes the basic services of the BSC, performs operation and maintenance, and
provides clock signals for the system. The configuration of the boards in the GMPS varies with
the configuration modes of the BSC subracks.
8.5.2 Configuration of the GMPS (Configuration Type B)
The GMPS is configured in the GBCR. Each BSC must be configured with one GMPS. The
GMPS processes the basic services of the BSC, performs operation and maintenance, and
provides clock signals for the system. The configuration of the boards in the GMPS varies with
the configuration modes of the BSC subracks.
8.5.3 Configuration of the GEPSThe GEPS is configured in the GBCR or GBSR. The BSC can be configured with zero to three
GEPSs. The GEPS processes the basic services of the BSC. The configuration of the boards in
the GEPS varies with the configuration modes of the BSC subracks.
8.5.4 Configuration of the GTCS
In BM/TC separated configuration mode, the GTCS is configured in the GBCR or GBSR. The
BSC can be configured with zero to four GTCSs. The GTCS performs transcoding, rate
adaptation, and sub-multiplexing.
8.5.1 Configuration of the GMPS (Configuration Type A)
The GMPS is configured in the GBCR. Each BSC must be configured with one GMPS. TheGMPS processes the basic services of the BSC, performs operation and maintenance, and
8 BSC Subracks
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
8-12 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 125/310
provides clock signals for the system. The configuration of the boards in the GMPS varies with
the configuration modes of the BSC subracks.
BM/TC Separated (Built-In PCU)
In BM/TC separated (built-in PCU) configuration mode, the GMPS must be configured withthe GTNU, GSCU, GGCU, GXPUM, GDPUP, and GEPUG/GFGUG. The GDPUX, GXPUT,
GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB, and GEIUT/GOIUT are optional boards.
Figure 8-6 shows the fully configured GMPS.
Figure 8-6 Fully configured GMPS (1)
1300 01 02 03 07060504 08 09 10 1211
GXP
UM
GXP
UM
GSC
U
GSC
U
GTN
U
GTN
U
2714 15 16 17 21201918 22 23 24 2625
GEP
UG
GEP
UG
GEI
UT
GEI
UT
GEI
UB
GEI
UB
GGC
U
GGC
U
GEI
UB
GEI
UB
GXP
UT
GXP
UT
GDP
UP
GDP
UP
Rear boards
Front boards
Backplane
BM/TC Separated (External PCU)
In BM/TC separated (external PCU) configuration mode, the GMPS must be configured with
the GTNU, GSCU, GGCU, and GXPUM. The GXPUT, GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/
GOGUB, GEIUP/GOIUP, and GEIUT/GOIUT are optional boards.
Figure 8-7 shows the fully configured GMPS.
Figure 8-7 Fully configured GMPS (2)
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 8 BSC Subracks
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
8-13
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 126/310
BM/TC Combined (Built-In PCU)
In BM/TC combined (built-in PCU) configuration mode, the GMPS must be configured with
the GTNU, GSCU, GGCU, GXPUM, GDPUX, GDPUP, and GEPUG/GFGUG. The GXPUT,GEIUA/GOIUA, and GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB are optional boards.
Figure 8-8 shows the fully configured GMPS.
Figure 8-8 Fully configured GMPS (3)
1300 01 02 03 07060504 08 09 10 1211
GXP
UM
GXP
UM
GSC
U
GSC
U
GTN
U
GTN
U
2714 15 16 17 21201918 22 23 24 2625
GEI
U
A
GEI
U
A
GGC
U
GGC
U
GEI
U
B
GEI
U
B
GEI
U
B
GEI
U
B
GXP
UT
GXP
UT
GDP
UP
GDP
UP
GDP
UX
GDP
UX
GEPUG
GEPUG
GEIUA
GEIUA
Rear boards
Front boards
Backplane
BM/TC Combined (External PCU)
In BM/TC combined (external PCU) configuration mode, the GMPS must be configured with
the GTNU, GSCU, GGCU, GXPUM, and GDPUX. The GXPUT, GEIUA/GOIUA, GEIUB/
GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB, and GEIUP/GOIUP are optional boards.
Figure 8-9 shows the fully configured GMPS.
Figure 8-9 Fully configured GMPS (4)
1300 01 02 03 07060504 08 09 10 1211
GXP
UM
GXP
UM
GSC
U
GSC
U
GTN
U
GTN
U
2714 15 16 17 21201918 22 23 24 2625
GEIUA
GEIUA
GEIUA
GEIUA
GEIUP
GEIUP
GGC
U
GGC
U
GEIUB
GEIUB
GDP
UX
GDP
UX
Rear boards
Front boards
Backplane
8 BSC Subracks
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
8-14 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 127/310
A over IP (Built-In PCU)
In A over IP (built-in PCU) configuration mode, the GMPS must be configured with the GTNU,
GSCU, GGCU, GXPUM, GDPUX, GDPUP, GEPUG/GFGUG, and GFGUA/GOGUA. TheGXPUT and GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB are optional boards.
Figure 8-10 shows the fully configured GMPS.
Figure 8-10 Fully configured GMPS (5)
1300 01 02 03 07060504 08 09 10 1211
GXP
UM
GXP
UM
GSC
U
GSC
U
GTN
U
GTN
U
2714 15 16 17 21201918 22 23 24 2625
GEP
UG
GEP
UG
GFG
UA
GFG
UA
GEI
UB
GEI
UB
GGC
U
GGC
U
GEH
UB
GEH
UB
GXP
UT
GXP
UT
GDP
UP
GDP
UP
GDP
UX
GDP
UX
Rear boards
Front boards
Backplane
A over IP (External PCU)
In A over IP (external PCU) configuration mode, the GMPS must be configured with the GTNU,
GSCU, GGCU, GXPUM, GDPUX, and GFGUA/GOGUA. The GXPUT, GEIUB/GOIUB/
GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB, and GEIUP/GOIUP are optional boards.
Figure 8-11 shows the fully configured GMPS.
Figure 8-11 Fully configured GMPS (6)
1300 01 02 03 07060504 08 09 10 1211
GXP
UM
GXP
UM
GSC
U
GSC
U
GTN
U
GTN
U
2714 15 16 17 21201918 22 23 24 2625
GEIUP
GEIUP
GFGUA
GFGUA
GEIUB
GEIUB
GGC
U
GGC
U
GEIUB
GEIUB
GXP
UT
GXP
UT
GDP
UX
GDP
UX
Rear boards
Front boards
Backplane
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 8 BSC Subracks
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
8-15
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 128/310
CAUTIONl The GDPUX inherits all the functions of the GDPUC. The GDPUX must be configured in
any of the following conditions: in BM/TC combined configuration mode, in BM/TC
separated configuration mode with the GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB configured, or in A over
IP configuration mode.
l When the number of TRXs to be supported is greater than 256, a pair of GXPUTs must be
configured in the GMPS.
l The A, Abis, Ater, and Pb interfaces support E1/T1, FE/GE, and STM-1 transmissions. The
Gb interface supports E1/T1 and FE/GE transmissions. The previous figures take E1/T1
transmission as examples, where the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUT/GEIUP/GEHUB/GEPUG is
configured.
For details on the boards in the GMPS, refer to 9 BSC Boards.
8.5.2 Configuration of the GMPS (Configuration Type B)
The GMPS is configured in the GBCR. Each BSC must be configured with one GMPS. The
GMPS processes the basic services of the BSC, performs operation and maintenance, and
provides clock signals for the system. The configuration of the boards in the GMPS varies with
the configuration modes of the BSC subracks.
BM/TC Separated (Built-In PCU)
In BM/TC separated (built-in PCU) configuration mode, the GMPS must be configured with
the GOMU, GTNU, GSCU, GGCU, GXPUM, GDPUP, and GEPUG/GFGUG. The GDPUX,
GXPUT, GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB, and GEIUT/GOIUT are optional boards.
Figure 8-12 shows the fully configured GMPS.
Figure 8-12 Fully configured GMPS (1)
1300 01 02 03 07060504 08 09 10 1211
GXPUM
GXPUM
GSCU
GSCU
GTNU
GTNU
2714 15 16 17 21201918 22 23 24 2625
GEP
UG
GEP
UG
GEI
UT
GEI
UT
GEI
UB
GEI
UB
GGCU
GGCU
GEI
UB
GEI
UB
GXPUT
GXPUT
GDP
UP
GDP
UP
GOM
U
Rear boards
Front boards
Backplane
8 BSC Subracks
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
8-16 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 129/310
BM/TC Separated (External PCU)
In BM/TC separated (external PCU) configuration mode, the GMPS must be configured with
the GOMU, GTNU, GSCU, GGCU, and GXPUM. The GXPUT, GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/
GFGUB/GOGUB, GEIUP/GOIUP, and GEIUT/GOIUT are optional boards.
Figure 8-13 shows the fully configured GMPS.
Figure 8-13 Fully configured GMPS (2)
1300 01 02 03 07060504 08 09 10 1211
GXP
UM
GXP
UM
GSC
U
GSC
U
GTN
U
GTN
U
2714 15 16 17 21201918 22 23 24 2625
GEIUP
GEIUP
GEIUT
GEIUT
GEIUB
GEIUB
GGC
U
GGC
U
GEIUB
GEIUB
GEIUB
GEIUB
GXP
UT
GXP
UT
GOM
U
Rear boards
Front boards
Backplane
BM/TC Combined (Built-In PCU)
In BM/TC combined (built-in PCU) configuration mode, the GMPS must be configured with
the GOMU, GTNU, GSCU, GGCU, GXPUM, GDPUX, GDPUP, and GEPUG/GFGUG. The
GXPUT, GEIUA/GOIUA, and GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB are optional
boards.
Figure 8-14 shows the fully configured GMPS.
Figure 8-14 Fully configured GMPS (3)
1300 01 02 03 07060504 08 09 10 1211
GXP
UM
GXP
UM
GSC
U
GSC
U
GTN
U
GTN
U
2714 15 16 17 21201918 22 23 24 2625
GE
IUA
GE
IUA
GGC
U
GGC
U
GE
IUB
GE
IUB
GE
IUB
GE
IUB
GXP
UT
GXP
UT
GDP
UP
GD
PUP
GDP
UX
GDP
UX
GO
MU
GE
PUG
GE
PUG
GE
IUA
GE
IUA
Rear boards
Front boards
Backplane
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 8 BSC Subracks
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
8-17
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 130/310
BM/TC Combined (External PCU)
In BM/TC combined (external PCU) configuration mode, the GMPS must be configured with
the GOMU, GTNU, GSCU, GGCU, GXPUM, and GDPUX. The GXPUT, GEIUA/GOIUA,
GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB, and GEIUP/GOIUP are optional boards.
Figure 8-15 shows the fully configured GMPS.
Figure 8-15 Fully configured GMPS (4)
1300 01 02 03 07060504 08 09 10 1211
GXPUM
GXPUM
GSCU
GSCU
GTNU
GTNU
2714 15 16 17 21201918 22 23 24 2625
GEI
UA
GEI
UA
GEI
UA
GEI
UA
GEI
UP
GEI
UP
GGCU
GGCU
GEI
UB
GEI
UB
GDPUX
GDPUX
GOM
URear boards
Front boards
Backplane
A over IP (Built-In PCU)
In A over IP (built-in PCU) configuration mode, the GMPS must be configured with the GOMU,
GTNU, GSCU, GGCU, GXPUM, GDPUX, GDPUP, GEPUG/GFGUG, and GFGUA/GOGUA.
The GXPUT and GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB are optional boards.
Figure 8-16 shows the fully configured GMPS.
Figure 8-16 Fully configured GMPS (5)
1300 01 02 03 07060504 08 09 10 1211
GXPUM
GXPUM
GSCU
GSCU
GTNU
GTNU
2714 15 16 17 21201918 22 23 24 2625
GEP
UG
GEP
UG
GFG
UA
GFG
UA
GEI
UB
GEI
UB
GGCU
GGCU
GEH
UB
GEH
UB
GXPUT
GXPUT
GDPUP
GDPUP
GDPUX
GDPUX
GO
MURear boards
Front boards
Backplane
8 BSC Subracks
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
8-18 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 131/310
A over IP (External PCU)
In A over IP (external PCU) configuration mode, the GMPS must be configured with the GTNU,
GSCU, GGCU, GXPUM, GDPUX, and GFGUA/GOGUA. The GXPUT, GEIUB/GOIUB/
GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB, and GEIUP/GOIUP are optional boards.
Figure 8-17 shows the fully configured GMPS.
Figure 8-17 Fully configured GMPS (6)
1300 01 02 03 07060504 08 09 10 1211
GXP
UM
GXP
UM
GSC
U
GSC
U
GTN
U
GTN
U
2714 15 16 17 21201918 22 23 24 2625
GEI
UP
GEI
UP
GFG
UA
GFG
UA
GEI
UB
GEI
UB
GGC
U
GGC
U
GEI
UB
GEI
UB
GXP
UT
GXP
UT
GDP
UX
GDP
UX
GOM
U
Rear boards
Front boards
Backplane
CAUTION
l The GDPUX inherits all the functions of the GDPUC. The GDPUX must be configured in
any of the following conditions: in BM/TC combined configuration mode, in BM/TC
separated configuration mode with the GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB configured, or in A over
IP configuration mode.
l When the number of TRXs to be supported is greater than 256, a pair of GXPUTs must be
configured in the GMPS.
l The A, Abis, Ater, and Pb interfaces support E1/T1, FE/GE, and STM-1 transmissions. The
Gb interface supports E1/T1 and FE/GE transmissions. The previous figures take E1/T1transmission as examples, where the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUT/GEIUP/GEHUB/GEPUG is
configured.
For details on the boards in the GMPS, refer to 9 BSC Boards.
8.5.3 Configuration of the GEPS
The GEPS is configured in the GBCR or GBSR. The BSC can be configured with zero to three
GEPSs. The GEPS processes the basic services of the BSC. The configuration of the boards in
the GEPS varies with the configuration modes of the BSC subracks.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 8 BSC Subracks
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
8-19
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 132/310
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 133/310
BM/TC Combined (Built-In PCU)
In BM/TC combined (built-in PCU) configuration mode, the GEPS must be configured with the
GTNU, GSCU, GXPUM, GDPUX, GDPUP, and GEPUG/GFGUG. The GXPUT, GEIUA/GOIUA, and GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB are optional boards.
Figure 8-20 shows the fully configured GEPS.
Figure 8-20 Fully configured GEPS (3)
1300 01 02 03 07060504 08 09 10 1211
G
SC
U
G
SC
U
G
TNU
G
TNU
2714 15 16 17 21201918 22 23 24 2625
GEI
UA
GEI
UA
GEI
UA
GEI
UA
GEI
UB
GEI
UB
GEI
UA
GEI
UA
GEI
UB
GEI
UB
GEI
UB
GEI
UB
GDP
UX
GDP
UX
G
XPU
T
GXP
UM
GXP
UM
G
XPU
T
GDP
UP
GDP
UP
G
DPU
P
GDP
UX
GDP
UX
G
DPU
X
Rear boards
Backplane
Front boards
BM/TC Combined (External PCU)
In BM/TC combined (external PCU) configuration mode, the GEPS must be configured with
the GTNU, GSCU, GXPUM, and GDPUX. The GXPUT, GEIUA/GOIUA, GEIUB/GOIUB/
GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB, and GEIUP/GOIUP are optional boards.
Figure 8-21 shows the fully configured GEPS.
Figure 8-21 Fully configured GEPS (4)
1300 01 02 03 07060504 08 09 10 1211
GXP
UM
GXP
UM
GSC
U
GSC
U
G
TNU
G
TNU
2714 15 16 17 21201918 22 23 24 2625
GEIUA
GEIUA
GEIUA
GEIUA
GEIUP
GEIUP
GEIUA
GEIUA
GEIUB
GEIUB
GEIUB
GEIUB
GEIUA
GEIUA
G
XPU
T
G
XPU
T
GDP
UX
GDP
UX
GDP
UX
GDP
UX
Rear boards
Front boards
Backplane
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 8 BSC Subracks
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
8-21
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 134/310
A over IP (Built-In PCU)
In A over IP (built-in PCU) configuration mode, the GEPS must be configured with the GTNU,
GSCU, GXPUM, GDPUX, GDPUP, GEPUG/GFGUG, and GFGUA/GOGUA. The GXPUTand GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB are optional boards.
Figure 8-22 shows the fully configured GEPS.
Figure 8-22 Fully configured GEPS (5)
1300 01 02 03 07060504 08 09 10 1211
GSC
U
GSC
U
G
TNU
G
TNU
2714 15 16 17 21201918 22 23 24 2625
GFG
UA
GFG
UA
GEI
UB
GEI
UB
GXP
UM
GXP
UM
G
XPU
T
G
XPU
T
G
DP
UP
G
DP
UP
GDPU
P
G
DPU
X
G
DPU
X
G
DPU
X
GEHUB
GEHUB
GEIUB
GEIUB
Rear boards
Front boards
Backplane
A over IP (External PCU)
In A over IP (external PCU) configuration mode, the GEPS must be configured with the GTNU,
GSCU, GXPUM, GDPUX, and GFGUA/GOGUA. The GXPUT, GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/
GFGUB/GOGUB, and GEIUP/GOIUP are optional boards.
Figure 8-23 shows the fully configured GEPS.
Figure 8-23 Fully configured GEPS (6)
1300 01 02 03 07060504 08 09 10 1211
GSC
U
GSC
U
G
TNU
G
TNU
2714 15 16 17 21201918 22 23 24 2625
GFGUA
GFGUA
GEIUB
GEIUB
GXP
UM
GXP
UM
G
XPU
T
G
XPU
T
GDP
UX
GDP
UX
GDPU
X
GEI
UB
GEI
UB
GEI
UB
GEI
UB
GEI
UP
GEI
UP
Rear boards
Front boards
Backplane
8 BSC Subracks
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
8-22 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 135/310
CAUTION
l The GDPUX inherits all the functions of the GDPUC. The GDPUX must be configured in
any of the following conditions: in BM/TC combined configuration mode, in BM/TC
separated configuration mode with the GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB configured, or in A over
IP configuration mode.
l When the number of TRXs to be supported is greater than 256, a pair of GXPUTs must be
configured in the GEPS.
l The A, Abis, Ater, and Pb interfaces support E1/T1, FE/GE, and STM-1 transmissions. The
Gb interface supports E1/T1 and FE/GE transmissions. The previous figures take E1/T1
transmission as examples, where the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUT/GEIUP/GEHUB/GEPUG is
configured.
For details on the boards in the GEPS, refer to 9 BSC Boards.
8.5.4 Configuration of the GTCS
In BM/TC separated configuration mode, the GTCS is configured in the GBCR or GBSR. The
BSC can be configured with zero to four GTCSs. The GTCS performs transcoding, rate
adaptation, and sub-multiplexing.
The GTCS must be configured with the GSCU and GTNU. The GDPUX, GEIUA/GOIUA, and
GEIUT/GOIUT are optional boards.
When the E1/T1 transmission is used on the A interface, one GTCS supports a maximum of
4,800 speech paths. Figure 8-24 shows the fully configured GTCS.
Figure 8-24 Fully configured GTCS (1)
1300 01 02 03 07060504 08 09 10 1211
GSCU
GSCU
GTNU
GTNU
2714 15 16 17 21201918 22 23 24 2625
GEI
UT
GEI
UA
GEI
UA
GEI
UA
GEI
UA
GEI
UA
GDPUX
GDPUX
GDPUX
GEI
UA
GEI
UA
Rear boards
Front boards
Backplane
GEI
UA
GEI
UA
GEI
UA
GEI
UT
GEI
UT
GEI
UT
GDPUX
GDP
UX
When the STM-1 transmission is used on the A interface, one GTCS supports a maximum of 9,600 speech paths. Figure 8-25 shows the fully configured GTCS.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 8 BSC Subracks
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
8-23
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 136/310
Figure 8-25 Fully configured GTCS (2)
1300 01 02 03 07060504 08 09 10 1211
GSC
U
GSC
U
GTN
U
GTN
U
2714 15 16 17 21201918 22 23 24 2625
GO
IUT
GO
IUA
GO
IUA
GO
IUA
GO
IUA
GO
IUA
GO
IUA
Rear boards
Front boards
Backplane
GDP
UX
GDP
UX
GDP
UX
GDP
UX
GDP
UX
GO
IUA
GO
IUA
GDPUX
GO
IUA
GO
IUA
GO
IUT
GO
IUT
GO
IUT
GDP
UX
GDPUX
GDP
UX
GDP
UX
CAUTION
l The GDPUX inherits all the functions of the GDPUC. The GTCS can be configured with the
GDPUX, GDPUC, or both GDPUX and GDPUC.
For details on the boards in the GTCS, refer to BSC Boards.
8.6 Technical Specifications of the BSC SubrackThe technical specifications of the BSC Subrack consist of the dimensions, height of the available
space, weight of the subrack, and power consumption of the fully configured subrack.
Technical Specifications of the GMPS
Table 8-8 lists the technical specifications of the GMPS.
Table 8-8 Technical specifications of the GMPS
Specification Value
Dimensions 530.6 mm (height) x 436 mm (width) x 480 mm
(depth)
Height of the available space in the
subrack
12 U (1 U = 44.45 mm = 1.75 inch)
Weight Empty subrack: 25 kg; subrack configured with
boards:≤ 57 kg
Power consumption of the fully
configured subrack
780 W
8 BSC Subracks
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
8-24 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 137/310
Technical Specifications of the GEPS
Table 8-9 lists the technical specifications of the GEPS.
Table 8-9 Technical specifications of the GEPSSpecification Value
Dimensions 530.6 mm (height) x 436 mm (width) x 480 mm
(depth)
Height of the available space 12 U (1 U = 44.45 mm = 1.75 inches)
Weight Empty subrack: 25 kg; subrack configured with
boards:≤ 57 kg
Power consumption of the fully
configured subrack
600 W
Technical Specifications of the GTCS
Table 8-10 lists the technical specifications of the GTCS.
Table 8-10 Technical specifications of the GTCS
Specification Value
Dimensions 530.6 mm (height) x 436 mm (width) x 480 mm
(depth)
Height of the available space in the
subrack
12 U (1 U = 44.45 mm = 1.75 inches)
Weight Empty subrack: 25 kg; subrack configured with
boards:≤ 57 kg
Power consumption of the fully
configured subrack
When E1/T1 transmission is used on the A
interface, the maximum power consumption is
700 W. When STM-1 transmission is used on
the A interface, the maximum power
consumption is 970 W.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 8 BSC Subracks
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
8-25
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 138/310
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 139/310
9 BSC Boards
About This Chapter
This describes the boards in the BSC.
The logical boards are formed by loading different software to the physical boards. Table 9-1
lists the boards in the BSC.
Table 9-1 Boards in the BSC
Physical Board Logical Board Full Spelling of Logical Board
OMUb GOMU GSM Operation and MaintenanceUnit
GCUa GGCU GSM General Clock Unit
SCUa GSCU GSM Switching and Control Unit
TNUa GTNU GSM TDM switching Network Unit
XPUa GXPUM GSM eXtensible Processing Unit for
Main service
GXPUT GSM eXtensible Processing Unit for
Transmission
GXPUI GSM eXtensible Processing Unit for
Computation service
EIUa GEIUB GSM E1/T1 Interface Unit for aBis
GEIUP GSM E1/T1 Interface Unit for Pb
GEIUT GSM E1/T1 Interface Unit for aTer
GEIUA GSM E1/T1 Interface Unit for A
OIUa GOIUB GSM Optic Interface Unit for aBis
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-1
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 140/310
Physical Board Logical Board Full Spelling of Logical Board
GOIUP GSM Optic Interface Unit for Pb
GOIUT GSM Optic Interface Unit for aTer
GOIUA GSM Optic Interface Unit for A
FG2a GFGUA GSM Fast ethernet and Gigabit
ethernet Unit for A
GFGUB GSM Fast ethernet and Gigabit
ethernet Unit for aBis
GFGUG GSM Fast ethernet and Gigabit
ethernet Unit for Gb
GOUa GOGUA GSM Optic Gigabit ethernet Unit for
A
GOGUB GSM Optic Gigabit ethernet Unit for
aBis
PEUa GEHUB GSM E1/T1 High level Data Link
Control Unit for aBis
GEPUG GSM E1/T1 Packet Unit for Gb
DPUc GDPUX GSM Data Processing Unit for
eXtensible service
DPUd GDPUP GSM Data Processing Unit for PSservice
DPUa GDPUC GSM Data Processing Unit for CS
service
- PFPU Fan Power Unit
- PFCU Fan Control Unit
- PFCB Fan Control Board
- MDMC Distribution Monitor and
Communication board
- WOPB Overvoltage Protection Board
9.1 GEIUA
The GEIUA is the GSM E1/T1 Interface Unit for the A interface. It can be installed in slots
18-25 in the GMPS/GEPS/GTCS. The GEIUA can be configured in pairs and work in active/
standby mode.
9.2 GEIUB
The GEIUB is the GSM E1/T1 Interface Unit for the Abis interface. It can be installed in slots
18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. The GEIUB can be configured in pairs and work in active/standbymode.
9 BSC Boards
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
9-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 141/310
9.3 GEIUP
The GEIUP is the GSM E1/T1 Interface Unit for the Pb interface. It can be installed in slots
14-15 in the GMPS/GEPS. The GEIUP can be configured in pairs and work in active/standby
mode.
9.4 GEIUTThe GEIUT is the GSM E1/T1 Interface Unit for the Ater interface. It can be installed in slots
16-17 in the GMPS/GEPS and in slots 14-17 in the GTCS. The GEIUT can be configured in
pairs and wor k in active/standby mode.
9.5 GGCU
The GGCU is the general clock unit of the BSC. Two GGCUs should be installed in slots 12-13
in the GMPS and should work in active/standby mode.
9.6 GOIUA
The GOIUA is the GSM Optic Interface Unit for the A interface. It can be installed in slots 18-25
in the GMPS/GEPS/GTCS. The GOIUA can be configured in pairs and work in active/standby
mode.
9.7 GOIUB
The GOIUB is the GSM Optic Interface Unit for the Abis interface. It can be installed in slots
18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. The GOIUB can be configured in pairs and work in active/standby
mode.
9.8 GOIUP
The GOIUP is the GSM Optic Interface Unit for the Pb interface. It can be installed in slots
14-15 in the GMPS/GEPS. The GOIUP can be configured in pairs and work in active/standby
mode.
9.9 GOIUT
The GOIUT is the GSM O ptic Interface Unit for the Ater interface. It can be installed in slots
16-17 in the GMPS/GEPS and in slots 14-17 in the GTCS. The GOIUT can be configured in
pairs and wor k in active/standby mode.
9.10 GOMU
This describes the GSM Operation and Maintenance Unit (GOMU). It serves as the server in
the BSC and works in active/standby mode. It can be installed in either slots 20-23 or slots 25
and 27 in the GMPS.
9.11 GSCU
The GSCU is the GSM Switching and Control Unit. It is installed in slots 6-7 in the GMPS/
GEPS/GTCS. The GSCU is configured in pairs and work in active/standby mode.
9.12 GTNUThe GTNU is the GSM TDM switching network unit in the BSC. It is installed in slots 4-5 in
the GMPS/GEPS/GTCS. The GTNU is configured in pairs and work in active/standby mode.
9.13 GXPUM
The GXPUM is the GSM eXtensible Processing Unit for Main service in the BSC. It can be
installed in slots 0-1 in the GMPS/GEPS and work in active/standby mode.
9.14 GXPUT
The GXPUT is the GSM eXtensible Processing Unit for Transmission in the BSC and processes
signals accor ding to the LAPD protocol and SS7 MTP3 protocol. When the number of TRXs to
be supported by the GMPS/GEPS is greater than 256, the GXPUT can be installed in slots 2-3
in the GMPS/GEPS and work in active/standby mode.
9.15 GXPUI
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-3
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 142/310
The GXPUI is the GSM eXtensible Processing Unit for Computation service in the BSC and
implements the IBCA algorithm. It can be configured in slots 2-3 in the GMPS/GEPS and does
not work in active/standby mode.
9.16 GFGUA
The GFGUA is the GSM Fast ethernet and Gigabit ethernet Unit for the A interface. It can beinstalled in slots 18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. If the BSC need not process packet services, the
GFGUA can be installed in slots 14-15. The GFGUA can work in active/standby mode and work
independently.
9.17 GFGUB
The GFGUB is the GSM Fast ethernet and Gigabit ethernet Unit for the Abis interface. It can
be installed in slots 18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. If the BSC need not process packet services, the
GFGUB can be installed in slots 14-15. The GFGUB can work in active/standby mode and work
independently.
9.18 GFGUG
The GFGUG is the GSM Fast ethernet and Gigabit ethernet Unit for the Gb interface. It can beinstalled in slots 14-15 in the GMPS/GEPS. The GFGUG can work in active/standby mode and
work independently.
9.19 GOGUA
The GOGUA is the GSM Optic Gigabit ethernet Unit for the A interface. It can be installed in
slots 18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. When the BSC need not process packet services, the GOGUA
can also be installed in slots 14-15. The GOGUA can work in active/standby mode and work
independently.
9.20 GOGUB
The GOGUB is the GSM Optic Gigabit ethernet Unit for the Abis interface. It can be installed
in slots 18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. When the BSC need not process packet services, the GOGUB
can also be installed in slots 14-15. The GOGUB can work in active/standby mode and work independently.
9.21 GEHUB
The GEHUB is the GSM E1/T1 High level Data Link Control Unit for the Abis interface. It can
be installed in slots 18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. When the BSC need not process packet services,
the GEHUB can also be installed in slots 14-15. The GEHUB can work in active/standby mode
and work independently.
9.22 GEPUG
The GEPUG is the GSM E1/T1 Packet Unit for the Gb interface. It can be installed in slots 14-15
in the GMPS/GEPS. The GEPUG can work in active/standby mode and work independently.
9.23 GDPUCThe GDPUC is the CS service processing unit in the BSC. When E1/T1 interface boards are
installed in the GTCS, the GDPUC can be installed in slots 9 to 13. When STM-1 interface
boards are installed in the GTCS, the GDPUC can be installed in slots 1 to 3 and slots 8 to 13.
9.24 GDPUX
The GDPUX is the GSM Data Processing Unit for eXtensible services. It can be installed in
slots 8-11 in the GMPS; slots 0-3, 8-13, and 14-27 in the GEPS; and slots 0-3, 8-13 in the GTCS.
9.25 GDPUP
The GDPUP is the GSM Data Processing Unit for PS services. It can be installed in slots 8-13
in the GMPS/GEPS.
9.26 MDMC
9 BSC Boards
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
9-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 143/310
The MDMC is the power monitoring communication board for the BSC common power
distribution box. It is configured in the power distribution box at the top of the GBCR/GBSR.
Each power distribution box should be configured with one MDMC.
9.27 PAMU
The PAMU is the power monitoring communication board for the BSC high-power distribution box. It is configured in the power distribution box at the top of the GBCR/GBSR. Each power
distribution box should be configured with one PAMU.
9.28 PFCU
The PFCU is the fan control unit. It is installed in the front of a fan box. Each fan box must be
configured with one PFCU.
9.29 PFCB
The PFCB is the fan control board. It is installed in the front of a fan box. Each fan box must be
configured with one PFCB.
9.30 WOPB
The WOPB is the overvoltage protection board in the BSC. It is placed in the power distribution box. Each Common power distribution box should be configured with one WOPB.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-5
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 144/310
9.1 GEIUA
The GEIUA is the GSM E1/T1 Interface Unit for the A interface. It can be installed in slots
18-25 in the GMPS/GEPS/GTCS. The GEIUA can be configured in pairs and work in active/
standby mode.
9.1.1 Functions of the GEIUA
The GEIUA enables the E1/T1 transmission on the A interface.
9.1.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
9.1.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel
The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After beingloaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
9.1.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same ports. Of the seven ports, four ports are labeled E1/T1, one 2MO, one 2M1, and
one TESTOUT.
9.1.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)
The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. They have thesame types of DIP switches: S1, S3, S4, S5, and S6.
9.1.1 Functions of the GEIUA
The GEIUA enables the E1/T1 transmission on the A interface.
The GEIUA performs the following functions:
l Provides four E1/T1 electrical ports, which is used for TDM transmission
l Provides Tributary Protect Switch (TPS) function to enable switchover between the
physical links of the active and standby boards.
l
Transmits and receives 32 E1/T1 signals, and encodes and decodes the E1/T1 signals (TheE1 transmission rate is 2.048 Mbit/s and the T1 transmission rate is 1.544 Mbit/s.)
9.1.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-1 shows the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.
9 BSC Boards
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
9-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 145/310
Figure 9-1 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel
EIUa
PARC
RUN
ALM
ACT
E 1 / T 1 ( 0 ~ 7 )
E 1 / T 1 ( 1 6 ~ 2 3 )
E 1 / T 1 ( 2 4 ~ 3 1 )
E 1 / T 1 ( 8 ~ 1 5 )
T E S T O U T
2 M 0
2 M 1
9.1.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel
The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
Table 9-2 describes the LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.
Table 9-2 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off for
0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but the
board is faulty.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-7
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 146/310
LED Color Status Meaning
Off There is no power input or the
board is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works in active
mode.
Off The board works in standby
mode.
9.1.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same ports. Of the seven ports, four ports are labeled E1/T1, one 2MO, one 2M1, and
one TESTOUT.
Table 9-3 describes the ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.
Table 9-3 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel
Port Function Port
E1/T1 (0-7) E1/T1 port, used to transmit and
receive the E1/T1 signals on
routes 0-7
DB44
E1/T1 (8-15) E1/T1 port, used to transmit and
receive the E1/T1 signals on
routes 8-15
DB44
E1/T1 (16-23) E1/T1 port, used to transmit and
receive the E1/T1 signals on
routes 16-23
DB44
E1/T1 (24-31) E1/T1 port, used to transmit andreceive the E1/T1 signals on
routes 24-31
DB44
2M0 and 2M1 Output ports for the 2.048 MHz
clock signals, used to export the
extracted line clock for system
reference
SMB male connector
TESTOUT You can modify the register
value to obtain different test
clock signals. By default, the
2.048 MHz clock signals are the
outputs from this port.
SMB male connector
9 BSC Boards
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
9-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 147/310
9.1.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)
The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. They have the
same types of DIP switches: S1, S3, S4, S5, and S6.
Figure 9-2 shows the layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.
Figure 9-2 Layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT
1
2ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
1 8
1 8
1 8
1 8
S6
S5
S4
S3
S1
1 8
ONOFF
ONOFF
(1) Sub-board (2) Bottom plate
CAUTION
All the DIP switches are located on the front side of the sub-board. The front of the sub-board
faces and fits into the bottom plate. Therefore, you should remove the sub-board before setting
the DIP switches.
Table 9-4 describes the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-9
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 148/310
Table 9-4 DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT
DIPSwitch
DIPBit
Description Setting for 75-ohm
CoaxialCable
Value ofDIP Bitfor 75-
ohmCoaxialCable
Setting for 120-ohm
TwistedPairCable
Valueof DIPBit for
120-ohmTwisted PairCable
S1 8 Used to select the
impedance on E1/T1
links 0-7
ON 0 OFF 1
7 Used to select the
impedance on E1/T1
links 8-15
ON 0 OFF 1
6 Used to select the
impedance on E1/T1
links 16-23
ON 0 OFF 1
5 Used to select the
impedance on E1/T1
links 24-31
ON 0 OFF 1
1-4 Reserved
S3 1-8 Used to set the
protection grounding of the transmitting end of
E1/T1 links 0-7
ON 0 OFF 1
S4 1-8 Used to set the
protection grounding of
the transmitting end of
E1/T1 links 8-15
ON 0 OFF 1
S5 1-8 Used to set the
protection grounding of
the transmitting end of
E1/T1 links 16-23
ON 0 OFF 1
S6 1-8 Used to set the
protection grounding of
the transmitting end of
E1/T1 links 24-31
ON 0 OFF 1
Table 9-5 describes different switches listed in Table 9-4.
9 BSC Boards
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
9-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 149/310
Table 9-5 Switch types related to the DIP bits
DIP Switch Description
E1/T1 impedance selection switch Used to select the logical transmission mode of the
board and to notify the software of the currenttransmission mode
Switch used to set the protection
grounding of the E1/T1 transmitting
end
Used to control the grounding of the transmitting end
of the E1/T1 signals:
l When E1/T1 signals are transmitted through a 75-
ohm coaxial cable in unbalanced transmission
mode, set the DIP bit to ON and ground the TX end.
l When E1/T1 signals are transmitted through a 120-
ohm coaxial cable in balanced transmission mode,
set the DIP bit to OFF and gr ound the TX end.
NOTE
l By default, the DIP switches are set in 75-ohm coaxial transmission mode.
l The setting for the DIP switches on the active EIUa board must be the same as that for the DIP
switches on the standby EIUa board.
l The receiving ends should not be grounded in either balanced or unbalanced modes.
l Pay attention to the mapping between the two types of DIP switches.
9.2 GEIUBThe GEIUB is the GSM E1/T1 Interface Unit for the Abis interface. It can be installed in slots
18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. The GEIUB can be configured in pairs and work in active/standby
mode.
9.2.1 Functions of the GEIUB
The GEIUB enables the E1/T1 transmission on the Abis interface.
9.2.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
9.2.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel
The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
9.2.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same ports. Of the seven ports, four ports are labeled E1/T1, one 2MO, one 2M1, and
one TESTOUT.
9.2.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-11
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 150/310
The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. They have the
same types of DIP switches: S1, S3, S4, S5, and S6.
9.2.1 Functions of the GEIUBThe GEIUB enables the E1/T1 transmission on the Abis interface.
The GEIUB performs the following functions:
l Provides four E1/T1 electrical ports, which is used for TDM transmission
l Provides Tributary Protect Switch (TPS) function to enable switchover between the
physical links of the active and standby boards.
l Transmits and receives 32 E1/T1 signals, and encodes and decodes the E1/T1 signals (The
E1 transmission rate is 2.048 Mbit/s and the T1 transmission rate is 1.544 Mbit/s.)
9.2.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-3 shows the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.
9 BSC Boards
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
9-12 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 151/310
Figure 9-3 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel
EIUa
PARC
RUN
ALM
ACT
E 1 / T 1 ( 0 ~ 7 )
E 1 / T 1 ( 1 6 ~ 2 3 )
E 1 / T 1 ( 2 4 ~ 3 1 )
E 1 / T 1 ( 8 ~ 1 5 )
T E S T O U T
2 M 0
2 M 1
9.2.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel
The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
Table 9-6 describes the LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.
Table 9-6 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off for
0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but the
board is faulty.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-13
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 152/310
LED Color Status Meaning
Off There is no power input or the
board is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works in active
mode.
Off The board works in standby
mode.
9.2.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same ports. Of the seven ports, four ports are labeled E1/T1, one 2MO, one 2M1, and
one TESTOUT.
Table 9-7 describes the ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.
Table 9-7 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel
Port Function Port
E1/T1 (0-7) E1/T1 port, used to transmit and
receive the E1/T1 signals on
routes 0-7
DB44
E1/T1 (8-15) E1/T1 port, used to transmit and
receive the E1/T1 signals on
routes 8-15
DB44
E1/T1 (16-23) E1/T1 port, used to transmit and
receive the E1/T1 signals on
routes 16-23
DB44
E1/T1 (24-31) E1/T1 port, used to transmit andreceive the E1/T1 signals on
routes 24-31
DB44
2M0 and 2M1 Output ports for the 2.048 MHz
clock signals, used to export the
extracted line clock for system
reference
SMB male connector
TESTOUT You can modify the register
value to obtain different test
clock signals. By default, the
2.048 MHz clock signals are the
outputs from this port.
SMB male connector
9 BSC Boards
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
9-14 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 153/310
9.2.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)
The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. They have the
same types of DIP switches: S1, S3, S4, S5, and S6.
Figure 9-4 shows the layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.
Figure 9-4 Layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT
1
2ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
1 8
1 8
1 8
1 8
S6
S5
S4
S3
S1
1 8
ONOFF
ONOFF
(1) Sub-board (2) Bottom plate
CAUTION
All the DIP switches are located on the front side of the sub-board. The front of the sub-board
faces and fits into the bottom plate. Therefore, you should remove the sub-board before setting
the DIP switches.
Table 9-8 describes the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-15
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 154/310
Table 9-8 DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT
DIPSwitch
DIPBit
Description Setting for 75-ohm
CoaxialCable
Value ofDIP Bitfor 75-
ohmCoaxialCable
Setting for 120-ohm
TwistedPairCable
Valueof DIPBit for
120-ohmTwisted PairCable
S1 8 Used to select the
impedance on E1/T1
links 0-7
ON 0 OFF 1
7 Used to select the
impedance on E1/T1
links 8-15
ON 0 OFF 1
6 Used to select the
impedance on E1/T1
links 16-23
ON 0 OFF 1
5 Used to select the
impedance on E1/T1
links 24-31
ON 0 OFF 1
1-4 Reserved
S3 1-8 Used to set the
protection grounding of the transmitting end of
E1/T1 links 0-7
ON 0 OFF 1
S4 1-8 Used to set the
protection grounding of
the transmitting end of
E1/T1 links 8-15
ON 0 OFF 1
S5 1-8 Used to set the
protection grounding of
the transmitting end of
E1/T1 links 16-23
ON 0 OFF 1
S6 1-8 Used to set the
protection grounding of
the transmitting end of
E1/T1 links 24-31
ON 0 OFF 1
Table 9-9 describes different switches listed in Table 9-8.
9 BSC Boards
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
9-16 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 155/310
Table 9-9 Switch types related to the DIP bits
DIP Switch Description
E1/T1 impedance selection switch Used to select the logical transmission mode of the
board and to notify the software of the currenttransmission mode
Switch used to set the protection
grounding of the E1/T1 transmitting
end
Used to control the grounding of the transmitting end
of the E1/T1 signals:
l When E1/T1 signals are transmitted through a 75-
ohm coaxial cable in unbalanced transmission
mode, set the DIP bit to ON and ground the TX end.
l When E1/T1 signals are transmitted through a 120-
ohm coaxial cable in balanced transmission mode,
set the DIP bit to OFF and gr ound the TX end.
NOTE
l By default, the DIP switches are set in 75-ohm coaxial transmission mode.
l The setting for the DIP switches on the active EIUa board must be the same as that for the DIP
switches on the standby EIUa board.
l The receiving ends should not be grounded in either balanced or unbalanced modes.
l Pay attention to the mapping between the two types of DIP switches.
9.3 GEIUPThe GEIUP is the GSM E1/T1 Interface Unit for the Pb interface. It can be installed in slots
14-15 in the GMPS/GEPS. The GEIUP can be configured in pairs and work in active/standby
mode.
9.3.1 Functions of the GEIUP
The GEIUP enables the E1/T1 transmission on the Pb interface.
9.3.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
9.3.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel
The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
9.3.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same ports. Of the seven ports, four ports are labeled E1/T1, one 2MO, one 2M1, and
one TESTOUT.
9.3.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-17
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 156/310
The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. They have the
same types of DIP switches: S1, S3, S4, S5, and S6.
9.3.1 Functions of the GEIUPThe GEIUP enables the E1/T1 transmission on the Pb interface.
The GEIUP performs the following functions:
l Provides four E1/T1 electrical ports, which is used for TDM transmission
l Provides Tributary Protect Switch (TPS) function to enable switchover between the
physical links of the active and standby boards.
l Transmits and receives 32 E1/T1 signals, and encodes and decodes the E1/T1 signals (The
E1 transmission rate is 2.048 Mbit/s and the T1 transmission rate is 1.544 Mbit/s.)
l Processes signals according to the Link Access Procedure on the D channel (LAPD)
protocol
9.3.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-5 shows the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.
9 BSC Boards
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
9-18 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 157/310
Figure 9-5 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel
EIUa
PARC
RUN
ALM
ACT
E 1 / T 1 ( 0 ~ 7 )
E 1 / T 1 ( 1 6 ~ 2 3 )
E 1 / T 1 ( 2 4 ~ 3 1 )
E 1 / T 1 ( 8 ~ 1 5 )
T E S T O U T
2 M 0
2 M 1
9.3.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel
The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
Table 9-10 describes the LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.
Table 9-10 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off for
0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but the
board is faulty.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-19
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 158/310
LED Color Status Meaning
Off There is no power input or the
board is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works in active
mode.
Off The board works in standby
mode.
9.3.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same ports. Of the seven ports, four ports are labeled E1/T1, one 2MO, one 2M1, and
one TESTOUT.
Table 9-11 describes the ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.
Table 9-11 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel
Port Function Port
E1/T1 (0-7) E1/T1 port, used to transmit and
receive the E1/T1 signals on
routes 0-7
DB44
E1/T1 (8-15) E1/T1 port, used to transmit and
receive the E1/T1 signals on
routes 8-15
DB44
E1/T1 (16-23) E1/T1 port, used to transmit and
receive the E1/T1 signals on
routes 16-23
DB44
E1/T1 (24-31) E1/T1 port, used to transmit andreceive the E1/T1 signals on
routes 24-31
DB44
2M0 and 2M1 Output ports for the 2.048 MHz
clock signals, used to export the
extracted line clock for system
reference
SMB male connector
TESTOUT You can modify the register
value to obtain different test
clock signals. By default, the
2.048 MHz clock signals are the
outputs from this port.
SMB male connector
9 BSC Boards
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
9-20 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 159/310
9.3.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)
The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. They have the
same types of DIP switches: S1, S3, S4, S5, and S6.
Figure 9-6 shows the layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.
Figure 9-6 Layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT
1
2ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
1 8
1 8
1 8
1 8
S6
S5
S4
S3
S1
1 8
ONOFF
ONOFF
(1) Sub-board (2) Bottom plate
CAUTION
All the DIP switches are located on the front side of the sub-board. The front of the sub-board
faces and fits into the bottom plate. Therefore, you should remove the sub-board before setting
the DIP switches.
Table 9-12 describes the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-21
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 160/310
Table 9-12 DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT
DIPSwitch
DIPBit
Description Setting for 75-ohm
CoaxialCable
Value ofDIP Bitfor 75-
ohmCoaxialCable
Setting for 120-ohm
TwistedPairCable
Valueof DIPBit for
120-ohmTwisted PairCable
S1 8 Used to select the
impedance on E1/T1
links 0-7
ON 0 OFF 1
7 Used to select the
impedance on E1/T1
links 8-15
ON 0 OFF 1
6 Used to select the
impedance on E1/T1
links 16-23
ON 0 OFF 1
5 Used to select the
impedance on E1/T1
links 24-31
ON 0 OFF 1
1-4 Reserved
S3 1-8 Used to set the
protection grounding of the transmitting end of
E1/T1 links 0-7
ON 0 OFF 1
S4 1-8 Used to set the
protection grounding of
the transmitting end of
E1/T1 links 8-15
ON 0 OFF 1
S5 1-8 Used to set the
protection grounding of
the transmitting end of
E1/T1 links 16-23
ON 0 OFF 1
S6 1-8 Used to set the
protection grounding of
the transmitting end of
E1/T1 links 24-31
ON 0 OFF 1
Table 9-13 describes different switches listed in Table 9-12.
9 BSC Boards
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
9-22 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 161/310
Table 9-13 Switch types related to the DIP bits
DIP Switch Description
E1/T1 impedance selection switch Used to select the logical transmission mode of the
board and to notify the software of the currenttransmission mode
Switch used to set the protection
grounding of the E1/T1 transmitting
end
Used to control the grounding of the transmitting end
of the E1/T1 signals:
l When E1/T1 signals are transmitted through a 75-
ohm coaxial cable in unbalanced transmission
mode, set the DIP bit to ON and ground the TX end.
l When E1/T1 signals are transmitted through a 120-
ohm coaxial cable in balanced transmission mode,
set the DIP bit to OFF and gr ound the TX end.
NOTE
l By default, the DIP switches are set in 75-ohm coaxial transmission mode.
l The setting for the DIP switches on the active EIUa board must be the same as that for the DIP
switches on the standby EIUa board.
l The receiving ends should not be grounded in either balanced or unbalanced modes.
l Pay attention to the mapping between the two types of DIP switches.
9.4 GEIUTThe GEIUT is the GSM E1/T1 Interface Unit for the Ater interface. It can be installed in slots
16-17 in the GMPS/GEPS and in slots 14-17 in the GTCS. The GEIUT can be configured in
pairs and work in active/standby mode.
9.4.1 Functions of the GEIUT
The GEIUT enables the E1/T1 transmission on the Ater interface.
9.4.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
9.4.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel
The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
9.4.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same ports. Of the seven ports, four ports are labeled E1/T1, one 2MO, one 2M1, and
one TESTOUT.
9.4.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-23
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 162/310
The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. They have the
same types of DIP switches: S1, S3, S4, S5, and S6.
9.4.1 Functions of the GEIUTThe GEIUT enables the E1/T1 transmission on the Ater interface.
The GEIUT performs the following functions:
l Provides four E1/T1 electrical ports, which is used for TDM transmission
l Provides Tributary Protect Switch (TPS) function to enable switchover between the
physical links of the active and standby boards.
l Transmits and receives 32 E1/T1 signals, and encodes and decodes the E1/T1 signals (The
E1 transmission rate is 2.048 Mbit/s and the T1 transmission rate is 1.544 Mbit/s.)
l Processes signals according to the SS7 MTP2 protocol
l Provides the OM links when the GTCS is configured on the MSC side
9.4.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-7 shows the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.
9 BSC Boards
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
9-24 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 163/310
Figure 9-7 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel
EIUa
PARC
RUN
ALM
ACT
E 1 / T 1 ( 0 ~ 7 )
E 1 / T 1 ( 1 6 ~ 2 3 )
E 1 / T 1 ( 2 4 ~ 3 1 )
E 1 / T 1 ( 8 ~ 1 5 )
T E S T O U T
2 M 0
2 M 1
9.4.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel
The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
Table 9-14 describes the LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.
Table 9-14 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off for
0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but the
board is faulty.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-25
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 164/310
LED Color Status Meaning
Off There is no power input or the
board is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works in active
mode.
Off The board works in standby
mode.
9.4.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same ports. Of the seven ports, four ports are labeled E1/T1, one 2MO, one 2M1, and
one TESTOUT.
Table 9-15 describes the ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.
Table 9-15 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel
Port Function Port
E1/T1 (0-7) E1/T1 port, used to transmit and
receive the E1/T1 signals on
routes 0-7
DB44
E1/T1 (8-15) E1/T1 port, used to transmit and
receive the E1/T1 signals on
routes 8-15
DB44
E1/T1 (16-23) E1/T1 port, used to transmit and
receive the E1/T1 signals on
routes 16-23
DB44
E1/T1 (24-31) E1/T1 port, used to transmit andreceive the E1/T1 signals on
routes 24-31
DB44
2M0 and 2M1 Output ports for the 2.048 MHz
clock signals, used to export the
extracted line clock for system
reference
SMB male connector
TESTOUT You can modify the register
value to obtain different test
clock signals. By default, the
2.048 MHz clock signals are the
outputs from this port.
SMB male connector
9 BSC Boards
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
9-26 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 165/310
9.4.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)
The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. They have the
same types of DIP switches: S1, S3, S4, S5, and S6.
Figure 9-8 shows the layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.
Figure 9-8 Layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT
1
2ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
1 8
1 8
1 8
1 8
S6
S5
S4
S3
S1
1 8
ONOFF
ONOFF
(1) Sub-board (2) Bottom plate
CAUTION
All the DIP switches are located on the front side of the sub-board. The front of the sub-board
faces and fits into the bottom plate. Therefore, you should remove the sub-board before setting
the DIP switches.
Table 9-16 describes the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-27
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 166/310
Table 9-16 DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT
DIPSwitch
DIPBit
Description Setting for 75-ohm
CoaxialCable
Value ofDIP Bitfor 75-
ohmCoaxialCable
Setting for 120-ohm
TwistedPairCable
Valueof DIPBit for
120-ohmTwisted PairCable
S1 8 Used to select the
impedance on E1/T1
links 0-7
ON 0 OFF 1
7 Used to select the
impedance on E1/T1
links 8-15
ON 0 OFF 1
6 Used to select the
impedance on E1/T1
links 16-23
ON 0 OFF 1
5 Used to select the
impedance on E1/T1
links 24-31
ON 0 OFF 1
1-4 Reserved
S3 1-8 Used to set the
protection grounding of the transmitting end of
E1/T1 links 0-7
ON 0 OFF 1
S4 1-8 Used to set the
protection grounding of
the transmitting end of
E1/T1 links 8-15
ON 0 OFF 1
S5 1-8 Used to set the
protection grounding of
the transmitting end of
E1/T1 links 16-23
ON 0 OFF 1
S6 1-8 Used to set the
protection grounding of
the transmitting end of
E1/T1 links 24-31
ON 0 OFF 1
Table 9-17 describes different switches listed in Table 9-16.
9 BSC Boards
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
9-28 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 167/310
Table 9-17 Switch types related to the DIP bits
DIP Switch Description
E1/T1 impedance selection switch Used to select the logical transmission mode of the
board and to notify the software of the currenttransmission mode
Switch used to set the protection
grounding of the E1/T1 transmitting
end
Used to control the grounding of the transmitting end
of the E1/T1 signals:
l When E1/T1 signals are transmitted through a 75-
ohm coaxial cable in unbalanced transmission
mode, set the DIP bit to ON and ground the TX end.
l When E1/T1 signals are transmitted through a 120-
ohm coaxial cable in balanced transmission mode,
set the DIP bit to OFF and ground the TX end.
NOTE
l By default, the DIP switches are set in 75-ohm coaxial transmission mode.
l The setting for the DIP switches on the active EIUa board must be the same as that for the DIP
switches on the standby EIUa board.
l The receiving ends should not be grounded in either balanced or unbalanced modes.
l Pay attention to the mapping between the two types of DIP switches.
9.5 GGCU
The GGCU is the general clock unit of the BSC. Two GGCUs should be installed in slots 12-13
in the GMPS and should work in active/standby mode.
9.5.1 Functions of the GGCU
The GGCU provides synchronization clocks for the BSC.
9.5.2 GGCU Panel
The components on the GGCU panel are the LEDs and ports.
9.5.3 LEDs on the GGCU PanelThere are three LEDs on the GGCU panel: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
9.5.4 Ports on the GGCU Panel
The GGCU panel provides sixteen ports, of which ten ports are labeled CLKOUT, two COM,
one TESTOUT, one TESTIN, and two CLKIN.
9.5.1 Functions of the GGCU
The GGCU provides synchronization clocks for the BSC.
The GGCU performs the following functions:
l The GGCU traces, generates, and retains the synchronous clock signals.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-29
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 168/310
l The standby GGCU traces the clock phase of the active GGCU. It also ensures that the
clock phase is smooth when an active/standby switchover occurs.
9.5.2 GGCU Panel
The components on the GGCU panel are the LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-9 shows the GGCU panel.
Figure 9-9 GGCU panel
GCUa
PARC
RUN
ALM
ACT
8
9
C O M 0
C
O M 1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
C L K O U T
T E S T I N T E S T O U T
C L K L I N 1 C L K L I N 0
9.5.3 LEDs on the GGCU Panel
There are three LEDs on the GGCU panel: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
Table 9-18 describes the three LEDs on the GGCU panel.
9 BSC Boards
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
9-30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 169/310
Table 9-18 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off for
0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but the
board is faulty.
Off There is no power input or the
board is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works in activemode.
Off The board works in standby
mode.
9.5.4 Ports on the GGCU Panel
The GGCU panel provides sixteen ports, of which ten ports are labeled CLKOUT, two COM,
one TESTOUT, one TESTIN, and two CLKIN.
Table 9-19 describes the ports on the GGCU panel.
Table 9-19 Ports on the GGCU panel
Port Function Port
CLKOUT 0 to CLKOUT 9 Synchronization clock output
port, used to provide the 8 kHz
clock signals to the CLKIN
port on the GSCU panel
RJ45
COM0 and COM1 Reserved RJ45
TESTOUT Reserved SMB male connector
TESTIN Input port for testing external
clock signals
SMB male connector
CLKLIN0 and CLKLIN1 Synchronization clock input
port, used to receive the 2.048
MHz clock signals or 2.048
Mbit/s code stream signals
SMB male connector
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-31
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 170/310
9.6 GOIUA
The GOIUA is the GSM Optic Interface Unit for the A interface. It can be installed in slots 18-25
in the GMPS/GEPS/GTCS. The GOIUA can be configured in pairs and work in active/standby
mode.
9.6.1 Functions of the GOIUA
The GOIUA enables the STM-1 transmission on the A interface.
9.6.2 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
9.6.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After beingloaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. There are four
LEDs on the panel of each of these boards: RUN, ALM, ACT, and LOS.
9.6.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel
This describes the panel of the optical interface boards. The GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP, and
GOIUT use the same physical board but perform different logical functions by loading different
software. These boards have the same ports. Of the four ports, one port is labeled RX/TX, one
2MO, one 2M1, and one TESTOUT.
9.6.5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa)
The technical specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT consist of the optical port
mode, optical port type, wavelength, transmission rate, transmission distance, output power, andreceiver sensitivity.
9.6.1 Functions of the GOIUA
The GOIUA enables the STM-1 transmission on the A interface.
The GOIUA performs the following functions:
l Provides one STM-1 port, which is used for TDM transmission
l Provides Automatic Protection Switching (APS) function to enable switchover between
the optical channel links of the active and standby boards.
l
Provides one channelized STM-1 port with the data rate of 155.52 Mbit/s
9.6.2 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-10 shows the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.
9 BSC Boards
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
9-32 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 171/310
Figure 9-10 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel
OIUa
PARC
RUN
ALM
ACT
RX
LOS
TX
T E S T O U T
2 M 0
2 M 1
9.6.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. There are four
LEDs on the panel of each of these boards: RUN, ALM, ACT, and LOS.
Table 9-20 describes the LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.
Table 9-20 LEDs on the board
LED Color
Status Meaning
RUN Gree
n
On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off for
0.125s
The board is loading data.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-33
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 172/310
LED Color
Status Meaning
On There is power input but the board is
faulty.
Off There is no power input or the board is
faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Gree
n
On The board works in active mode.
Off The board works in standby mode.
LOS Gree
n
On The STM-1 port does not receive
signals properly.
Off The STM-1 port receives signals
properly.
9.6.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel
This describes the panel of the optical interface boards. The GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP, and
GOIUT use the same physical board but perform different logical functions by loading different
software. These boards have the same ports. Of the four ports, one port is labeled RX/TX, one
2MO, one 2M1, and one TESTOUT.
Table 9-21 describes the ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.
Table 9-21 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel
Port Function Port
RX TX indicates the transmitting optical port and RX indicates the
receiving optical port.
LC port
TX
2M0 and
2M1
Output ports for the 2.048 MHz clock reference, used to export
the extracted line clock and take it as the reference clock for the system
SMB male
connector
TESTO
UT
You can modify the register value to obtain different test clock
signals. By default, the 2.048 MHz clock signals are generated
from this port and taken as the system test clock.
SMB male
connector
9 BSC Boards
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
9-34 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 173/310
9.6.5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/ GOIUT(OIUa)
The technical specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT consist of the optical port
mode, optical port type, wavelength, transmission rate, transmission distance, output power, andreceiver sensitivity.
Table 9-22 lists the technical specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT.
Table 9-22 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT
Specification Value
Optical port mode Single mode Multimode
Optical port type LC/PC LC/PC
Central wavelength 1,310 nm 1,310 nm
Transmission rate 155.52 Mbit/s 155.52 Mbit/s
Transmission
distance
15 km 2 km
Maximum output
optical power
-8 dBm -14 dBm
Minimum output
optical power
-15 dBm -19 dBm
Maximum receiver
sensitivity
-31 dBm -30 dBm
9.7 GOIUBThe GOIUB is the GSM Optic Interface Unit for the Abis interface. It can be installed in slots
18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. The GOIUB can be configured in pairs and work in active/standby
mode.
9.7.1 Functions of the GOIUB
The GOIUB enables the STM-1 transmission on the Abis interface.
9.7.2 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
9.7.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. There are four
LEDs on the panel of each of these boards: RUN, ALM, ACT, and LOS.
9.7.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel
This describes the panel of the optical interface boards. The GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP, andGOIUT use the same physical board but perform different logical functions by loading different
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-35
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 174/310
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 175/310
Figure 9-11 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel
OIUa
PARC
RUN
ALM
ACT
RX
LOS
TX
T E S T O U T
2 M 0
2 M 1
9.7.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. There are four
LEDs on the panel of each of these boards: RUN, ALM, ACT, and LOS.
Table 9-23 describes the LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.
Table 9-23 LEDs on the board
LED Color
Status Meaning
RUN Gree
n
On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off for
0.125s
The board is loading data.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-37
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 176/310
LED Color
Status Meaning
On There is power input but the board is
faulty.
Off There is no power input or the board is
faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Gree
n
On The board works in active mode.
Off The board works in standby mode.
LOS Gree
n
On The STM-1 port does not receive
signals properly.
Off The STM-1 port receives signals
properly.
9.7.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel
This describes the panel of the optical interface boards. The GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP, and
GOIUT use the same physical board but perform different logical functions by loading different
software. These boards have the same ports. Of the four ports, one port is labeled RX/TX, one
2MO, one 2M1, and one TESTOUT.
Table 9-24 describes the ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.
Table 9-24 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel
Port Function Port
RX TX indicates the transmitting optical port and RX indicates the
receiving optical port.
LC port
TX
2M0 and
2M1
Output ports for the 2.048 MHz clock reference, used to export
the extracted line clock and take it as the reference clock for the system
SMB male
connector
TESTO
UT
You can modify the register value to obtain different test clock
signals. By default, the 2.048 MHz clock signals are generated
from this port and taken as the system test clock.
SMB male
connector
9 BSC Boards
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
9-38 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 177/310
9.7.5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/ GOIUT(OIUa)
The technical specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT consist of the optical port
mode, optical port type, wavelength, transmission rate, transmission distance, output power, andreceiver sensitivity.
Table 9-25 lists the technical specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT.
Table 9-25 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT
Specification Value
Optical port mode Single mode Multimode
Optical port type LC/PC LC/PC
Central wavelength 1,310 nm 1,310 nm
Transmission rate 155.52 Mbit/s 155.52 Mbit/s
Transmission
distance
15 km 2 km
Maximum output
optical power
-8 dBm -14 dBm
Minimum output
optical power
-15 dBm -19 dBm
Maximum receiver
sensitivity
-31 dBm -30 dBm
9.8 GOIUPThe GOIUP is the GSM Optic Interface Unit for the Pb interface. It can be installed in slots
14-15 in the GMPS/GEPS. The GOIUP can be configured in pairs and work in active/standby
mode.
9.8.1 Functions of the GOIUP
The GOIUP enables the STM-1 transmission on the Pb interface.
9.8.2 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
9.8.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. There are four
LEDs on the panel of each of these boards: RUN, ALM, ACT, and LOS.
9.8.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel
This describes the panel of the optical interface boards. The GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP, andGOIUT use the same physical board but perform different logical functions by loading different
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-39
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 178/310
software. These boards have the same ports. Of the four ports, one port is labeled RX/TX, one
2MO, one 2M1, and one TESTOUT.
9.8.5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa)
The technical specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT consist of the optical port
mode, optical port type, wavelength, transmission rate, transmission distance, output power, andreceiver sensitivity.
9.8.1 Functions of the GOIUP
The GOIUP enables the STM-1 transmission on the Pb interface.
The GOIUP performs the following functions:
l Provides one STM-1 port, which is used for TDM transmission
l Provides Automatic Protection Switching (APS) function to enable switchover between
the optical channel links of the active and standby boards.
l Provides one channelized STM-1 port with the data rate of 155.52 Mbit/s
l Processes signals according to the LAPD protocol
9.8.2 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-12 shows the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.
9 BSC Boards
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
9-40 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 179/310
Figure 9-12 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel
OIUa
PARC
RUN
ALM
ACT
RX
LOS
TX
T E S T O U T
2 M 0
2 M 1
9.8.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. There are four
LEDs on the panel of each of these boards: RUN, ALM, ACT, and LOS.
Table 9-26 describes the LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.
Table 9-26 LEDs on the board
LED Color
Status Meaning
RUN Gree
n
On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off for
0.125s
The board is loading data.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-41
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 180/310
LED Color
Status Meaning
On There is power input but the board is
faulty.
Off There is no power input or the board is
faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Gree
n
On The board works in active mode.
Off The board works in standby mode.
LOS Gree
n
On The STM-1 port does not receive
signals properly.
Off The STM-1 port receives signals
properly.
9.8.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel
This describes the panel of the optical interface boards. The GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP, and
GOIUT use the same physical board but perform different logical functions by loading different
software. These boards have the same ports. Of the four ports, one port is labeled RX/TX, one
2MO, one 2M1, and one TESTOUT.
Table 9-27 describes the ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.
Table 9-27 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel
Port Function Port
RX TX indicates the transmitting optical port and RX indicates the
receiving optical port.
LC port
TX
2M0 and
2M1
Output ports for the 2.048 MHz clock reference, used to export
the extracted line clock and take it as the reference clock for the system
SMB male
connector
TESTO
UT
You can modify the register value to obtain different test clock
signals. By default, the 2.048 MHz clock signals are generated
from this port and taken as the system test clock.
SMB male
connector
9 BSC Boards
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
9-42 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 181/310
9.8.5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/ GOIUT(OIUa)
The technical specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT consist of the optical port
mode, optical port type, wavelength, transmission rate, transmission distance, output power, andreceiver sensitivity.
Table 9-28 lists the technical specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT.
Table 9-28 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT
Specification Value
Optical port mode Single mode Multimode
Optical port type LC/PC LC/PC
Central wavelength 1,310 nm 1,310 nm
Transmission rate 155.52 Mbit/s 155.52 Mbit/s
Transmission
distance
15 km 2 km
Maximum output
optical power
-8 dBm -14 dBm
Minimum output
optical power
-15 dBm -19 dBm
Maximum receiver
sensitivity
-31 dBm -30 dBm
9.9 GOIUTThe GOIUT is the GSM Optic Interface Unit for the Ater interface. It can be installed in slots
16-17 in the GMPS/GEPS and in slots 14-17 in the GTCS. The GOIUT can be configured in
pairs and work in active/standby mode.
9.9.1 Functions of the GOIUT
The GOIUT enables the STM-1 transmission on the Ater interface.
9.9.2 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
9.9.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. There are four
LEDs on the panel of each of these boards: RUN, ALM, ACT, and LOS.
9.9.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel
This describes the panel of the optical interface boards. The GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP, andGOIUT use the same physical board but perform different logical functions by loading different
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-43
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 182/310
software. These boards have the same ports. Of the four ports, one port is labeled RX/TX, one
2MO, one 2M1, and one TESTOUT.
9.9.5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa)
The technical specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT consist of the optical port
mode, optical port type, wavelength, transmission rate, transmission distance, output power, andreceiver sensitivity.
9.9.1 Functions of the GOIUT
The GOIUT enables the STM-1 transmission on the Ater interface.
The GOIUT performs the following functions:
l Provides one STM-1 port, which is used for TDM transmission
l Provides Automatic Protection Switching (APS) function to enable switchover between
the optical channel links of the active and standby boards.
l Provides one channelized STM-1 port with the data rate of 155.52 Mbit/s
l Processes signals according to the SS7 MTP2 protocol
l Provides the OM links when the GTCS is configured on the MSC side
9.9.2 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-13 shows the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.
9 BSC Boards
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
9-44 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 183/310
Figure 9-13 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel
OIUa
PARC
RUN
ALM
ACT
RX
LOS
TX
T E S T O U T
2 M 0
2 M 1
9.9.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. There are four
LEDs on the panel of each of these boards: RUN, ALM, ACT, and LOS.
Table 9-29 describes the LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.
Table 9-29 LEDs on the board
LED Color
Status Meaning
RUN Gree
n
On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off for
0.125s
The board is loading data.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-45
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 184/310
LED Color
Status Meaning
On There is power input but the board is
faulty.
Off There is no power input or the board is
faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Gree
n
On The board works in active mode.
Off The board works in standby mode.
LOS Gree
n
On The STM-1 port does not receive
signals properly.
Off The STM-1 port receives signals
properly.
9.9.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel
This describes the panel of the optical interface boards. The GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP, and
GOIUT use the same physical board but perform different logical functions by loading different
software. These boards have the same ports. Of the four ports, one port is labeled RX/TX, one
2MO, one 2M1, and one TESTOUT.
Table 9-30 describes the ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.
Table 9-30 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel
Port Function Port
RX TX indicates the transmitting optical port and RX indicates the
receiving optical port.
LC port
TX
2M0 and
2M1
Output ports for the 2.048 MHz clock reference, used to export
the extracted line clock and take it as the reference clock for the system
SMB male
connector
TESTO
UT
You can modify the register value to obtain different test clock
signals. By default, the 2.048 MHz clock signals are generated
from this port and taken as the system test clock.
SMB male
connector
9 BSC Boards
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
9-46 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 185/310
9.9.5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/ GOIUT(OIUa)
The technical specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT consist of the optical port
mode, optical port type, wavelength, transmission rate, transmission distance, output power, andreceiver sensitivity.
Table 9-31 lists the technical specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT.
Table 9-31 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT
Specification Value
Optical port mode Single mode Multimode
Optical port type LC/PC LC/PC
Central wavelength 1,310 nm 1,310 nm
Transmission rate 155.52 Mbit/s 155.52 Mbit/s
Transmission
distance
15 km 2 km
Maximum output
optical power
-8 dBm -14 dBm
Minimum output
optical power
-15 dBm -19 dBm
Maximum receiver sensitivity -31 dBm -30 dBm
9.10 GOMU
This describes the GSM Operation and Maintenance Unit (GOMU). It serves as the server in
the BSC and works in active/standby mode. It can be installed in either slots 20-23 or slots 25
and 27 in the GMPS.
9.10.1 Functions of the GOMUAs the OM center of the BSC, the GOMU enables the communication between the LMT and
the other boards in the BSC. The GOMU features high computation speed and outstanding data
processing capability.
9.10.2 GOMU Panel
The components on the GOMU panel are the LEDs and ports.
9.10.3 LEDs on the GOMU Panel
There are five LEDs on the GOMU panel: RUN, ALM, ACT, OFFLINE, and HD.
9.10.4 Ports on the GOMU Panel
The ports on the GOMU panel consist of four USB ports (labeled USB0-1 and USB2-3), three
GE ports (labeled ETH0, ETH1, and ETH2), one serial port COM-ALM/COM-BMC, and oneVGA port.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-47
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 186/310
9.10.1 Functions of the GOMU
As the OM center of the BSC, the GOMU enables the communication between the LMT and
the other boards in the BSC. The GOMU features high computation speed and outstanding data
processing capability.
The GOMU performs the following functions:
l Controls the communication between the LMT computer and the other boards in the BSC,
facilitates the data configuration, and collects and filters the performance and alarm data
l Processes the commands issued by the LMT computer/M2000, and then forwards the
commands to the other boards in the BSC for processing
l Filters the results from the other boards in the BSC, and then returns the results to the LMT
computer
9.10.2 GOMU Panel
The components on the GOMU panel are the LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-14 shows the GOMU panel.
Figure 9-14 GOMU panel
1
2
3456
78
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
18
9
17
OMUb
(1) Screw (2) Wrench (3) Self-locking latch
9 BSC Boards
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
9-48 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 187/310
(4) RUN LED (5) ALM LED (6) ACT LED
(7) Reset button (8) SHUTDOWN button (9) USB port
(10) ETH0 (Ethernet port) (11) ETH1 (Ethernet port) (12) ETH2 (Ethernet port)
(13) COM port (14) VGA port (15) HD LED
(16) OFFLINE LED (17) Hard disk (18) Screw for fixing the hard disk
NOTE
l The self-locking latch on the panel is used to fasten the ejector lever of the board.
l The RESET button on the panel is used to reset the system.
l To power off the GOMU, you should first unfold the upper and lower handles. After the OFFLINE
LED is on, disconnect the power.
l A COM port is on the panel for conenction to alarm box.
l Do not perform any operation on the SHUTDOWN button on the GOMU panel; otherwise, theGOMU board may power off abnormally.
9.10.3 LEDs on the GOMU Panel
There are five LEDs on the GOMU panel: RUN, ALM, ACT, OFFLINE, and HD.
Table 9-32 describes the LEDs on the GOMU panel.
Table 9-32 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off for
0.125s
The board is loading
data.
On There is power input
but the board is faulty.
Off There is no power input
or the board is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works in
active mode.
Off The board works in
standby mode.
OFFLINE Blue On The board can be
removed.
Off The board cannot be
removed.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-49
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 188/310
LED Color Status Meaning
On for 0.125s and off for
0.125s
The status of the board
is switching.
HD Green Blinking The hard disk is performing read and
write functions.
Off The hard disk is not
performing read and
write functions.
9.10.4 Ports on the GOMU Panel
The ports on the GOMU panel consist of four USB ports (labeled USB0-1 and USB2-3), three
GE ports (labeled ETH0, ETH1, and ETH2), one serial port COM-ALM/COM-BMC, and one
VGA port.
Table 9-33 describes the ports on the GOMU panel.
Table 9-33 Ports on the GOMU panel
Port Function Connector
USB0-1 and USB2-3 It is used to connect the USB
equipment.
-
ETH0 to ETH2 These are the GE ports. RJ45
COM-ALM/COM-BMC Serial port. They are used for
system commissioning or
general application.
DB-9
VGA port Video connector -
9.11 GSCU
The GSCU is the GSM Switching and Control Unit. It is installed in slots 6-7 in the GMPS/
GEPS/GTCS. The GSCU is configured in pairs and work in active/standby mode.
9.11.1 Functions of the GSCU
The GSCU provides an OM and GE switching platform for the subrack where it is located.
9.11.2 GSCU Panel
The components on the GSCU panel are the LEDs and ports.
9.11.3 LEDs on the GSCU Panel
There are four types of LEDs on the GSCU panel: the RUN, ALM, and ACT LEDs, and the
LEDs of the Ethernet ports.
9.11.4 Ports on the GSCU Panel
9 BSC Boards
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
9-50 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 189/310
The GSCU panel provides fifteen ports, of which twelve ports are labeled 10/100/1000BASE-
T, one COM, one CLKIN, and one TESTOUT.
9.11.1 Functions of the GSCU
The GSCU provides an OM and GE switching platform for the subrack where it is located.
The GSCU performs the following functions:
l Maintains and manages the subrack where the GSCU is located
l Provides a GE switching platform for the boards located in the subrack
l Provides clock information for the boards (excluding the GGCU, GXPUT, and GXPUM)
in the subrack
9.11.2 GSCU Panel
The components on the GSCU panel are the LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-15 shows the GSCU panel.
Figure 9-15 GSCU panel
SCUa
PARC
RUN
ALM
ACT
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
RESET
1 0 / 1 0 0 / 1 0 0 0 B A S E - T
10
11
ACTLINK
ACTLINK
ACTLINK
C O M
TESTOUT
C L K I N
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-51
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 190/310
9.11.3 LEDs on the GSCU Panel
There are four types of LEDs on the GSCU panel: the RUN, ALM, and ACT LEDs, and the
LEDs of the Ethernet ports.
Table 9-34 describes the LEDs on the GSCU panel.
Table 9-34 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off for
0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but the
board is faulty.
Off There is no power input or the
board is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works in active
mode.
Off The board works in standby
mode.
Table 9-35 describes the LEDs of the Ethernet ports on the GSCU panel.
Table 9-35 LEDs of the Ethernet ports
LED Color Status Meaning
LINK Green On LEDs of the Ethernet ports,
indicating that the link is
connected
Off LEDs of the Ethernet ports,
indicating that the link is
disconnected
ACT Green Blinking LEDs of the Ethernet ports,
indicating that there is a data
flow
Off LEDs of the Ethernet ports,
indicating that there is no data
flow
9 BSC Boards
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
9-52 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 191/310
9.11.4 Ports on the GSCU Panel
The GSCU panel provides fifteen ports, of which twelve ports are labeled 10/100/1000BASE-
T, one COM, one CLKIN, and one TESTOUT.
Table 9-36 describes the ports on the GSCU panel.
Table 9-36 Ports on the GSCU panel
Port Function Port
10/100/100
0BASE-T0
to
10/100/100
0BASE-T9
10/100/1000 Mbit/s Ethernet ports, used to connect
subracks
RJ45
10/100/1000BASE-
T10 to
10/100/100
0BASE-
T11
10/100/1000 Mbit/s Ethernet ports, used to connect to theGBAM (Only the main subrack is connected to the GBAM/
GOMU.)
RJ45
COM Debugging port RJ45
CLKIN Clock source port, used to receive the 8 kHz clock signals
from the GGCU panel
RJ45
TESTOUT Clock test signal port, used to generate clock signals SMB male
connector
9.12 GTNU
The GTNU is the GSM TDM switching network unit in the BSC. It is installed in slots 4-5 in
the GMPS/GEPS/GTCS. The GTNU is configured in pairs and work in active/standby mode.
9.12.1 Functions of the GTNU
The GTNU serves as the switching center for the CS services of the entire system.
9.12.2 GTNU Panel
The components on the GTNU panel are the LEDs and ports.
9.12.3 LEDs on the GTNU Panel
There are three LEDs on the GTNU panel: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
9.12.4 Ports on the GTNU Panel
The GTNU panel provides six ports labeled TDM0-TDM5,
9.12.1 Functions of the GTNU
The GTNU serves as the switching center for the CS services of the entire system.
The GTNU performs the following functions:
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-53
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 192/310
l Provides 128Kx128K TDM switching
l Allocates TDM network resources, and sets up and releases network connections
9.12.2 GTNU Panel
The components on the GTNU panel are the LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-16 shows the GTNU panel.
Figure 9-16 GTNU panel
TNUa
PARC
RUN
ALM
ACT
T D M 5
T D M 4
T D M 0
T D M 1
T D M 2
T D
M 3
9.12.3 LEDs on the GTNU Panel
There are three LEDs on the GTNU panel: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
Table 9-37 describes the LEDs on the GTNU panel.
9 BSC Boards
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
9-54 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 193/310
Table 9-37 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off for
0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but the
board is faulty.
Off There is no power input or the
board is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works in activemode.
Off The board works in standby
mode.
9.12.4 Ports on the GTNU Panel
The GTNU panel provides six ports labeled TDM0-TDM5,
Table 9-38 describes the ports on the GTNU panel.
Table 9-38 Ports on the GTNU panel
Port Function Port
TDM0 to TDM5 TDM high-speed serial ports,
used for GTNU
interconnections between
subracks
DB14
NOTE
The BSC supports the inter-GTNU connections between the GMPS and the GEPS. It also supports the
inter-GTNU connections between GTCSs.
9.13 GXPUM
The GXPUM is the GSM eXtensible Processing Unit for Main service in the BSC. It can be
installed in slots 0-1 in the GMPS/GEPS and work in active/standby mode.
9.13.1 Functions of the GXPUMThe GXPUM processes the primary services of the BSC.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-55
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 194/310
9.13.2 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel
The components on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel are the LEDs and ports.
9.13.3 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel
There are four types of LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel: the RUN, ALM, and ACT
LEDs, and the LEDs of the Ethernet ports.
9.13.4 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel
The GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel provides four ports labeled 10/100/1000BASE-T0 to
10/100/1000BASE-T3.
9.13.1 Functions of the GXPUM
The GXPUM processes the primary services of the BSC.
The GXPUM performs the following functions:
l Provides paging control
l Provides System Information management
l Provides channel assignment
l Provides BTS public service management
l Provides voice call control
l Provides packet service control
l Provides handover control
l Provides power control
l Interfaces with the Cell Broadcast Center (CBC) on behalf of the BSC
l Stores cell broadcast messages
l Schedules cell broadcast messages, which are transmitted on the Cell Broadcast Channels
(CBCHs)
l Processes signals according to the LAPD protocol
9.13.2 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel
The components on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel are the LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-17 shows the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel.
9 BSC Boards
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
9-56 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 195/310
Figure 9-17 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel
XPUa
PARC
RUN
ALM
ACT
1 0 / 1 0 0 / 1 0 0 0 B A S E - T
ACTLINK
0
1
2
3
9.13.3 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel
There are four types of LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel: the RUN, ALM, and ACT
LEDs, and the LEDs of the Ethernet ports.
Table 9-39 describes the LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel.
Table 9-39 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off for
0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but the
board is faulty.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-57
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 196/310
LED Color Status Meaning
Off There is no power input or the
board is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works in active
mode.
Off The board works in standby
mode.
NOTE
The functions of the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI Ethernet ports are the same as those of the GSCU Ethernet
ports.
9.13.4 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel
The GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel provides four ports labeled 10/100/1000BASE-T0 to
10/100/1000BASE-T3.
Table 9-40 describes the ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel.
Table 9-40 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel
Port Function Port
10/100/1000BASE-T0 to
10/100/1000BASE-T3
Provides 10M/100M/1000M
Ethernet ports
RJ45
9.14 GXPUT
The GXPUT is the GSM eXtensible Processing Unit for Transmission in the BSC and processes
signals according to the LAPD protocol and SS7 MTP3 protocol. When the number of TRXs to
be supported by the GMPS/GEPS is greater than 256, the GXPUT can be installed in slots 2-3in the GMPS/GEPS and work in active/standby mode.
9.14.1 Functions of the GXPUT
The GXPUT processes the signals according to the Link Access Procedure on the D channel
(LAPD) protocol and the SS7 MTP3 protocol.
9.14.2 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel
The components on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel are the LEDs and ports.
9.14.3 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel
There are four types of LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel: the RUN, ALM, and ACT
LEDs, and the LEDs of the Ethernet ports.
9.14.4 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel
9 BSC Boards
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
9-58 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 197/310
The GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel provides four ports labeled 10/100/1000BASE-T0 to
10/100/1000BASE-T3.
9.14.1 Functions of the GXPUT
The GXPUT processes the signals according to the Link Access Procedure on the D channel
(LAPD) protocol and the SS7 MTP3 protocol.
The GXPUT performs the following functions:
l Processes signals according to the LAPD protocol
l Processes signals according to the SS7 MTP3 protocol
9.14.2 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel
The components on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel are the LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-18 shows the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel.
Figure 9-18 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel
XPUa
PARC
RUN
ALM
ACT
1 0 / 1 0 0 / 1 0 0 0 B A S E - T
ACTLINK
0
1
2
3
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-59
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 198/310
9.14.3 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel
There are four types of LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel: the RUN, ALM, and ACT
LEDs, and the LEDs of the Ethernet ports.
Table 9-41 describes the LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel.
Table 9-41 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off for
0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but the
board is faulty.
Off There is no power input or the
board is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works in active
mode.
Off The board works in standby
mode.
NOTE
The functions of the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI Ethernet ports are the same as those of the GSCU Ethernet
ports.
9.14.4 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel
The GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel provides four ports labeled 10/100/1000BASE-T0 to
10/100/1000BASE-T3.
Table 9-42 describes the ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel.
Table 9-42 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel
Port Function Port
10/100/1000BASE-T0 to
10/100/1000BASE-T3
Provides 10M/100M/1000M
Ethernet ports
RJ45
9 BSC Boards
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
9-60 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 199/310
9.15 GXPUI
The GXPUI is the GSM eXtensible Processing Unit for Computation service in the BSC and
implements the IBCA algorithm. It can be configured in slots 2-3 in the GMPS/GEPS and does
not work in active/standby mode.
9.15.1 Functions of the GXPUI
The GXPUI performs the following functions: Implements the IBCA algorithm.
9.15.2 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel
The components on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel are the LEDs and ports.
9.15.3 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel
There are four types of LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel: the RUN, ALM, and ACT
LEDs, and the LEDs of the Ethernet ports.
9.15.4 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel
The GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel provides four ports labeled 10/100/1000BASE-T0 to
10/100/1000BASE-T3.
9.15.1 Functions of the GXPUI
The GXPUI performs the following functions: Implements the IBCA algorithm.
The GXPUI performs the following functions:
l Implements the IBCA algorithm.
9.15.2 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) PanelThe components on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel are the LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-19 shows the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-61
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 200/310
Figure 9-19 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel
XPUa
PARC
RUN
ALM
ACT
1 0 / 1 0 0 / 1 0 0 0 B A S E - T
ACTLINK
0
1
2
3
9.15.3 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel
There are four types of LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel: the RUN, ALM, and ACT
LEDs, and the LEDs of the Ethernet ports.
Table 9-43 describes the LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel.
Table 9-43 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off for
0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but the
board is faulty.
9 BSC Boards
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
9-62 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 201/310
LED Color Status Meaning
Off There is no power input or the
board is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works in active
mode.
Off The board works in standby
mode.
NOTE
The functions of the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI Ethernet ports are the same as those of the GSCU Ethernet
ports.
9.15.4 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel
The GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel provides four ports labeled 10/100/1000BASE-T0 to
10/100/1000BASE-T3.
Table 9-44 describes the ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel.
Table 9-44 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel
Port Function Port
10/100/1000BASE-T0 to
10/100/1000BASE-T3
Provides 10M/100M/1000M
Ethernet ports
RJ45
9.16 GFGUA
The GFGUA is the GSM Fast ethernet and Gigabit ethernet Unit for the A interface. It can be
installed in slots 18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. If the BSC need not process packet services, the
GFGUA can be installed in slots 14-15. The GFGUA can work in active/standby mode and work independently.
9.16.1 Functions of the GFGUA
The GFGUA enables the FE/GE transmission on the A interface.
9.16.2 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel
The physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loaded
with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the
same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
9.16.3 LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel
The physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loadedwith different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-63
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 202/310
same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, ACT, LINK (for Ethernet port), and ACT (for
Ethernet port).
9.16.4 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel
The physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loaded
with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have thesame ports. Of the ten ports, six ports are labeled FE, two FE/GE, one 2M0, and one 2M1.
9.16.1 Functions of the GFGUA
The GFGUA enables the FE/GE transmission on the A interface.
The GFGUA performs the following functions:
l Provides IP routing
l Provides the routing-based backup and load sharing
l Provides eight FE ports or two GE ports logically, which are used for IP transmission
l Provides Tributary Protect Switch (TPS) function to enable switchover between the
physical links of the active and standby boards.
l Supports virtual local area network (VLAN)
l Supports the bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) of a single hop link
9.16.2 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel
The physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loaded
with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the
same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-20 shows the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.
9 BSC Boards
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
9-64 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 203/310
Figure 9-20 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel
FG2a
PARC
RUN
ALM
ACT
1 0 / 1 0 0 M
1 0 / 1 0 0 M
1 0 / 1 0 0 M
1 0 / 1 0 0 / 1 0 0 0 M
1 0 / 1 0 0 M
1 0 / 1 0 0 M
1 0 / 1 0 0 M
1 0 / 1 0 0 / 1 0 0 0 M
2 M 0
2 M 1
9.16.3 LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel
The physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loaded
with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the
same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, ACT, LINK (for Ethernet port), and ACT (for
Ethernet port).
Table 9-45 describes the LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.
Table 9-45 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off
for 0.125s
The board is loading data.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-65
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 204/310
LED Color Status Meaning
On There is power input but the board
is faulty.
Off There is no power input or the board is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works in active mode.
Off The board works in standby mode.
Table 9-46 describes the LEDs of the Ethernet ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.
Table 9-46 LEDs of the Ethernet ports
LED Color Status Meaning
LINK Green On The link is connected.
Off The link is disconnected.
ACT Orange Blinking Data is being transmitted through
the port.
Off No data is being transmitted
through the port.
9.16.4 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel
The physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loaded
with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the
same ports. Of the ten ports, six ports are labeled FE, two FE/GE, one 2M0, and one 2M1.
Table 9-47 describes the ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.
Table 9-47 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel
Port Function Port
FE The 10/100 Ethernet
ports are used to
transmit 10/100 Mbit/s
signals.
RJ45
9 BSC Boards
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
9-66 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 205/310
Port Function Port
FE/GE The 10/100/1000
Ethernet ports are used
to transmit 10/100/1000
Mbit/s signals.
RJ45
2M0 Reserved -
2M1 Reserved -
NOTE
l The GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel provides eight Ethernet ports in two groups. The four Ethernet
ports in each group are physically numbered 0 to 3. Logically, the eight Ethe rnet ports are numbered
0 to 7.l The eight Ethernet ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel can logically provide eight FE ports
or two GE ports for IP transmission. The two ports labeled FE/GE can provide either GE transmission
or FE transmission. Note that the eight FE ports and the two GE ports of the same interface board
cannot be used simultaneously.
9.17 GFGUB
The GFGUB is the GSM Fast ethernet and Gigabit ethernet Unit for the Abis interface. It can
be installed in slots 18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. If the BSC need not process packet services, the
GFGUB can be installed in slots 14-15. The GFGUB can work in active/standby mode and work
independently.
9.17.1 Functions of the GFGUB
The GFGUB enables the FE/GE transmission on the Abis interface.
9.17.2 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel
The physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loaded
with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the
same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
9.17.3 LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel
The physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loaded
with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have thesame types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, ACT, LINK (for Ethernet port), and ACT (for
Ethernet port).
9.17.4 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel
The physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loaded
with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the
same ports. Of the ten ports, six ports are labeled FE, two FE/GE, one 2M0, and one 2M1.
9.17.1 Functions of the GFGUB
The GFGUB enables the FE/GE transmission on the Abis interface.
The GFGUB performs the following functions:
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-67
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 206/310
l Provides IP routing
l Provides the routing-based backup and load sharing
l Provides eight FE ports or two GE ports logically, which are used for IP transmission
l
Provides Tributary Protect Switch (TPS) function to enable switchover between the physical links of the active and standby boards.
9.17.2 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel
The physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loaded
with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the
same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-21 shows the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.
Figure 9-21 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel
FG2a
PARC
RUN
ALM
ACT
1 0 / 1 0 0 M
1 0 / 1 0 0 M
1 0 / 1 0 0 M
1 0 / 1 0 0 / 1 0 0 0 M
1 0 / 1 0 0 M
1 0 / 1 0 0 M
1 0 / 1 0 0 M
1 0 / 1 0 0 / 1 0 0 0 M
2 M 0
2 M 1
9.17.3 LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel
The physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loadedwith different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the
9 BSC Boards
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
9-68 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 207/310
same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, ACT, LINK (for Ethernet port), and ACT (for
Ethernet port).
Table 9-48 describes the LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.
Table 9-48 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off
for 0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but the board
is faulty.
Off There is no power input or the
board is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works in active mode.
Off The board works in standby mode.
Table 9-49 describes the LEDs of the Ethernet ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.
Table 9-49 LEDs of the Ethernet ports
LED Color Status Meaning
LINK Green On The link is connected.
Off The link is disconnected.
ACT Orange Blinking Data is being transmitted through
the port.
Off No data is being transmittedthrough the port.
9.17.4 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel
The physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loaded
with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the
same ports. Of the ten ports, six ports are labeled FE, two FE/GE, one 2M0, and one 2M1.
Table 9-50 describes the ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-69
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 208/310
Table 9-50 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel
Port Function Port
FE The 10/100 Ethernet
ports are used totransmit 10/100 Mbit/s
signals.
RJ45
FE/GE The 10/100/1000
Ethernet ports are used
to transmit 10/100/1000
Mbit/s signals.
RJ45
2M0 Reserved -
2M1 Reserved -
NOTE
l The GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel provides eight Ethernet ports in two groups. The four Ethernet
ports in each group are physically numbered 0 to 3. Logically, the eight Ethernet ports are numbered
0 to 7.
l The eight Ethernet ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel can logically provide eight FE ports
or two GE ports for IP transmission. The two ports labeled FE/GE can provide either GE transmission
or FE transmission. Note that the eight FE ports and the two GE ports of the same interface board
cannot be used simultaneously.
9.18 GFGUGThe GFGUG is the GSM Fast ethernet and Gigabit ethernet Unit for the Gb interface. It can be
installed in slots 14-15 in the GMPS/GEPS. The GFGUG can work in active/standby mode and
work independently.
9.18.1 Functions of the GFGUG
The GFGUG enables the FE/GE transmission on the Gb interface.
9.18.2 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel
The physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loaded
with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have thesame appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
9.18.3 LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel
The physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loaded
with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the
same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, ACT, LINK (for Ethernet port), and ACT (for
Ethernet port).
9.18.4 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel
The physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loaded
with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the
same ports. Of the ten ports, six ports are labeled FE, two FE/GE, one 2M0, and one 2M1.
9 BSC Boards
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
9-70 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 209/310
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 210/310
9.18.3 LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel
The physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loaded
with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the
same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, ACT, LINK (for Ethernet port), and ACT (for
Ethernet port).
Table 9-51 describes the LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.
Table 9-51 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off for 0.125s The board is loading data.
On There is power input but the board
is faulty.
Off There is no power input or the
board is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works in active mode.
Off The board works in standby mode.
Table 9-52 describes the LEDs of the Ethernet ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.
Table 9-52 LEDs of the Ethernet ports
LED Color Status Meaning
LINK Green On The link is connected.
Off The link is disconnected.
ACT Orange Blinking Data is being transmitted through
the port.
Off No data is being transmitted
through the port.
9 BSC Boards
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
9-72 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 211/310
9.18.4 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel
The physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loaded
with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the
same ports. Of the ten ports, six ports are labeled FE, two FE/GE, one 2M0, and one 2M1.
Table 9-53 describes the ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.
Table 9-53 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel
Port Function Port
FE The 10/100 Ethernet
ports are used to
transmit 10/100 Mbit/s
signals.
RJ45
FE/GE The 10/100/1000
Ethernet ports are used
to transmit 10/100/1000
Mbit/s signals.
RJ45
2M0 Reserved -
2M1 Reserved -
NOTE
l The GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel provides eight Ethernet ports in two groups. The four Ethernet
ports in each group are physically numbered 0 to 3. Logically, the eight Ethernet ports are numbered
0 to 7.
l The eight Ethernet ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel can logically provide eight FE ports
or two GE ports for IP transmission. The two ports labeled FE/GE can provide either GE transmission
or FE transmission. Note that the eight FE ports and the two GE ports of the same interface board
cannot be used simultaneously.
9.19 GOGUA
The GOGUA is the GSM Optic Gigabit ethernet Unit for the A interface. It can be installed inslots 18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. When the BSC need not process packet services, the GOGUA
can also be installed in slots 14-15. The GOGUA can work in active/standby mode and work
independently.
9.19.1 Functions of the GOGUA
The GOGUA enables the GE transmission on the A interface.
9.19.2 GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same
appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
9.19.3 LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-73
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 212/310
The physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same types of
LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
9.19.4 Ports on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. After being loaded with differentsoftware, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same ports. Of
the four ports, two ports are labeled RX/TX, one 2MO, and one 2M1.
9.19.5 Technical Specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa)
The technical specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB consist of the optical port mode, optical
port type, wavelength, transmission rate, transmission distance, output power, and receiver
sensitivity.
9.19.1 Functions of the GOGUA
The GOGUA enables the GE transmission on the A interface.
The GOGUA performs the following functions:
l Provides two GE optical ports, which are used for IP transmission
l Provides Automatic Protection Switching (APS) function to enable switchover between
the optical channel links of the active and standby boards.
l Supports virtual local area network (VLAN)
l Supports the bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) of a single hop link
9.19.2 GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same
appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-23 shows the GOGUA/GOGUB panel.
9 BSC Boards
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
9-74 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 213/310
Figure 9-23 GOGUA/GOGUB panel
GOUa
PARC
RUN
ALM
ACT
RXTX
RXTX
2 M 0
2 M 1
9.19.3 LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same types of
LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
Table 9-54 describes the LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB panel.
Table 9-54 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off for
0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but the
board is faulty.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-75
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 214/310
LED Color Status Meaning
Off There is no power input or the
board is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works in active mode.
Off The board works in standby
mode.
9.19.4 Ports on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same ports. Of
the four ports, two ports are labeled RX/TX, one 2MO, and one 2M1.
Table 9-55 describes the ports on the GOGUA/GOGUB panel.
Table 9-55 Ports on the GOGUA/GOGUB panel
Port Function Port
RX Optical ports, used to
receive and transmit opticalsignals. TX indicates the
transmitting optical port and
RX indicates the receiving
optical port.
LC/PC
TX
2M0 Reserved. -
2M1 Reserved. -
9.19.5 Technical Specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa)
The technical specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB consist of the optical port mode, optical
port type, wavelength, transmission rate, transmission distance, output power, and receiver
sensitivity.
Table 9-56 lists the technical specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB.
Table 9-56 Technical Specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB
Specification Value
Optical port mode Single mode Multimode
9 BSC Boards
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
9-76 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 215/310
Specification Value
Optical port type LC/PC LC/PC
Central wavelength 1,310 nm 850 nm
Transmission rate 1.25 Gbit/s 2.125 Gbit/s
Transmission
distance
10 km 0.5 km
Maximum output
optical power
-3 dBm -2.5 dBm
Minimum output
optical power
-9.5 dBm -9.5 dBm
Maximum receiver
sensitivity
-20 dBm -17 dBm
9.20 GOGUBThe GOGUB is the GSM Optic Gigabit ethernet Unit for the Abis interface. It can be installed
in slots 18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. When the BSC need not process packet services, the GOGUB
can also be installed in slots 14-15. The GOGUB can work in active/standby mode and work
independently.
9.20.1 Functions of the GOGUBThe GOGUB enables the GE transmission on the Abis interface.
9.20.2 GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same
appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
9.20.3 LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same types of
LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
9.20.4 Ports on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same ports. Of
the four ports, two ports are labeled RX/TX, one 2MO, and one 2M1.
9.20.5 Technical Specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa)
The technical specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB consist of the optical port mode, optical
port type, wavelength, transmission rate, transmission distance, output power, and receiver
sensitivity.
9.20.1 Functions of the GOGUB
The GOGUB enables the GE transmission on the Abis interface.
The GOGUB performs the following functions:
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-77
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 216/310
l Provides two GE optical ports, which are used for IP transmission
l Provides Automatic Protection Switching (APS) function to enable switchover between
the optical channel links of the active and standby boards.
9.20.2 GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same
appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-24 shows the GOGUA/GOGUB panel.
Figure 9-24 GOGUA/GOGUB panel
GOUa
PARC
RUN
ALM
ACT
RXTX
RXTX
2 M 0
2 M 1
9.20.3 LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same types of
LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
Table 9-57 describes the LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB panel.
9 BSC Boards
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
9-78 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 217/310
Table 9-57 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off for
0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but the
board is faulty.
Off There is no power input or the
board is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works in active mode.
Off The board works in standby
mode.
9.20.4 Ports on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same ports. Of
the four ports, two ports are labeled RX/TX, one 2MO, and one 2M1.
Table 9-58 describes the ports on the GOGUA/GOGUB panel.
Table 9-58 Ports on the GOGUA/GOGUB panel
Port Function Port
RX Optical ports, used to
receive and transmit optical
signals. TX indicates the
transmitting optical port and
RX indicates the receiving
optical port.
LC/PC
TX
2M0 Reserved. -
2M1 Reserved. -
9.20.5 Technical Specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa)
The technical specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB consist of the optical port mode, optical
port type, wavelength, transmission rate, transmission distance, output power, and receiver sensitivity.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-79
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 218/310
Table 9-59 lists the technical specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB.
Table 9-59 Technical Specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB
Specification Value
Optical port mode Single mode Multimode
Optical port type LC/PC LC/PC
Central wavelength 1,310 nm 850 nm
Transmission rate 1.25 Gbit/s 2.125 Gbit/s
Transmission
distance
10 km 0.5 km
Maximum output
optical power
-3 dBm -2.5 dBm
Minimum output
optical power
-9.5 dBm -9.5 dBm
Maximum receiver
sensitivity
-20 dBm -17 dBm
9.21 GEHUB
The GEHUB is the GSM E1/T1 High level Data Link Control Unit for the Abis interface. It can be installed in slots 18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. When the BSC need not process packet services,
the GEHUB can also be installed in slots 14-15. The GEHUB can work in active/standby mode
and work independently.
9.21.1 Functions of the GEHUB
The GEHUB enables the E1/T1 transmission on the Abis interface.
9.21.2 GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same
appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
9.21.3 LEDs on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same types of
LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
9.21.4 Ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same ports. Of
the six ports, four ports are labeled E1/T1, one 2MO, and one 2M1.
9.21.5 DIP Switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa)
The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. They have the same types of DIPswitches: S2, S4, S6, S8, and S10.
9 BSC Boards
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
9-80 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 219/310
9.21.1 Functions of the GEHUB
The GEHUB enables the E1/T1 transmission on the Abis interface.
The GEHUB performs the following functions:
l Provides four E1/T1 electrical ports, which are used for HDLC/Hub BTS transmission
l Provides Tributary Protect Switch (TPS) function to enable switchover between the
physical links of the active and standby boards.
l Transmits and receives 32 E1/T1 signals, and encodes and decodes the E1/T1 signals (The
E1 transmission rate is 2.048 Mbit/s and the T1 transmission rate is 1.544 Mbit/s.)
9.21.2 GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same
appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-25 shows the GEHUB/GEPUG panel.
Figure 9-25 GEHUB/GEPUG panel
PEUa
PARC
RUN
ALM
ACT
E 1 / T 1 ( 8 ~ 1 5 )
E 1 / T 1 ( 2 4 ~
3 1 )
E 1 / T 1 ( 1 6 ~ 2 3 )
E 1 / T 1 ( 0 ~ 7 )
2 M 0
2 M 1
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-81
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 220/310
9.21.3 LEDs on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same types of
LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.Table 9-60 describes the LEDs on the GEHUB/GEPUG panel.
Table 9-60 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off for
0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but the
board is faulty.
Off There is no power input or the
board is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works in active mode.
Off The board works in standby
mode.
9.21.4 Ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same ports. Of
the six ports, four ports are labeled E1/T1, one 2MO, and one 2M1.
Table 9-61 describes the ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG panel.
Table 9-61 Ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG panel
Port Function Port
E1/T1 (0-7) E1/T1 port, used to transmit and
receive the E1/T1 signals on routes
0-7
DB44
E1/T1 (8-15) E1/T1 port, used to transmit and
receive the E1/T1 signals on routes
8-15
DB44
9 BSC Boards
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
9-82 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 221/310
Port Function Port
E1/T1 (16-23) E1/T1 port, used to transmit and
receive the E1/T1 signals on routes
16-23
DB44
E1/T1 (24-31) E1/T1 port, used to transmit and
receive the E1/T1 signals on routes
24-31
DB44
2M0 One of the two clock signal output
ports, used to extract the 2 MHz line
clock signals from the upper-level
devices, send them to the GGCU, and
take them as the system clock source.
SMB male connector
2M1 One of the two clock signal output
ports, used to extract the 2 MHz lineclock signals from the upper-level
devices, send them to the GGCU, and
take them as the system clock source.
SMB male connector
9.21.5 DIP Switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa)
The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. They have the same types of DIP
switches: S2, S4, S6, S8, and S10.
Figure 9-26 shows the DIP switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-83
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 222/310
Figure 9-26 DIP switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG
S10
1
2
ON
OFF
S4
S21 8
8 1
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
S6
S81 8
8 1
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
(1) Sub-board (2) Bottom plate
NOTE
l All the DIP switches are located on the front side of the sub-board, and cannot be directly observed
since the sub-board is engaged to the bottom plate with its front side facing the bottom plate.
l The DIP switches, S2, S4, S6, S8, and S10, are set from the side. As shown in Figure 9-26, a square
opening is configured respectively between the S2 and the S4, and between the S8 and the S6 for the
operator to operate these switches. Switch S10 is locates at the right lower corner of the sub-board,
therefore it can be operated from the edge of the sub-board.
The DIP switches, S2, S4, S6, and S8, are used to set the protection grounding of the transmittingends of E1/T1 links 0 to 31, and S10 is used to set the E1 balanced mode, E1 unbalanced mode,
or T1 working mode. Table 9-62 and Table 9-63 describe S2, S4, S6, S8, and S10.
Table 9-62 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (75-ohm coaxial cable)
DIPSwitch
DIP Bit Description Switch Status Meaning
S2 1-8 Used to set the protection
grounding of the transmitting
end of E1/T1 links 24-31
ON 0
9 BSC Boards
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
9-84 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 223/310
DIPSwitch
DIP Bit Description Switch Status Meaning
S4 1-8 Used to set the protection
grounding of the transmitting
end of E1/T1 links 16-23
ON 0
S6 1-8 Used to set the protection
grounding of the transmitting
end of E1/T1 links 0-7
ON 0
S8 1-8 Used to set the protection
grounding of the transmitting
end of E1/T1 links 8-15
ON 0
S10 1-2 Work mode switch,
consisting of two DIP bits.
E1 unbalanced
mode (ON, ON)
(0, 0)
Table 9-63 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (120-ohm twisted pair cable)
DIPSwitch
DIP Bit Description Switch Status Meaning
S2 1-8 Used to set the protection
grounding of the transmitting
end of E1/T1 links 24-31
OFF 1
S4 1-8 Used to set the protection
grounding of the transmitting
end of E1/T1 links 16-23
OFF 1
S6 1-8 Used to set the protection
grounding of the transmitting
end of E1/T1 links 0-7
OFF 1
S8 1-8 Used to set the protection
grounding of the transmitting
end of E1/T1 links 8-15
OFF 1
S10 1-2 Work mode switch,
consisting of two DIP bits.
E1 balanced mode
(OFF, ON)
(1, 0)
T1 mode (ON,
OFF)
(0, 1)
NOTE
l When the signals are transmitted through a 75-ohm coaxial cable in E1 unbalanced mode, set the DIP
switch to ON and ground the TX end. When the signals are transmitted through a 120-ohm twisted pair
cable in E1 balanced mode or T1 mode, set the DIP switch to OFF and do not ground the TX end.
l By default, all the DIP switches are set for the transmission in E1 balanced mode. That is, all bits of
S2, S4, S6, and S8 are set to OFF. Bit 1 of S10 is set to OFF and bit 2 of S10 is set to ON.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-85
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 224/310
9.22 GEPUG
The GEPUG is the GSM E1/T1 Packet Unit for the Gb interface. It can be installed in slots 14-15
in the GMPS/GEPS. The GEPUG can work in active/standby mode and work independently.
9.22.1 Functions of the GEPUG
The GEPUG enables the E1/T1 transmission on the Gb interface.
9.22.2 GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same
appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
9.22.3 LEDs on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
9.22.4 Ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same ports. Of
the six ports, four ports are labeled E1/T1, one 2MO, and one 2M1.
9.22.5 DIP Switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa)
The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. They have the same types of DIP
switches: S2, S4, S6, S8, and S10.
9.22.1 Functions of the GEPUG
The GEPUG enables the E1/T1 transmission on the Gb interface.
The GEPUG performs the following functions:
l Provides four E1/T1 electrical ports, which are used for FR transmission
l Provides Tributary Protect Switch (TPS) function to enable switchover between the
physical links of the active and standby boards.
l Transmits and receives 32 E1/T1 signals, and encodes and decodes the E1/T1 signals (The
E1 transmission rate is 2.048 Mbit/s and the T1 transmission rate is 1.544 Mbit/s.)
9.22.2 GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same
appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-27 shows the GEHUB/GEPUG panel.
9 BSC Boards
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
9-86 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 225/310
Figure 9-27 GEHUB/GEPUG panel
PEUa
PARC
RUN
ALM
ACT
E 1 / T
1 ( 8 ~ 1 5 )
E 1 / T 1 ( 2 4 ~ 3 1 )
E 1 / T 1 ( 1 6 ~ 2 3 )
E 1 / T 1 ( 0 ~ 7 )
2 M 0
2 M 1
9.22.3 LEDs on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same types of
LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
Table 9-64 describes the LEDs on the GEHUB/GEPUG panel.
Table 9-64 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off for
0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but the
board is faulty.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-87
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 226/310
LED Color Status Meaning
Off There is no power input or the
board is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works in active mode.
Off The board works in standby
mode.
9.22.4 Ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same ports. Of
the six ports, four ports are labeled E1/T1, one 2MO, and one 2M1.
Table 9-65 describes the ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG panel.
Table 9-65 Ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG panel
Port Function Port
E1/T1 (0-7) E1/T1 port, used to transmit and
receive the E1/T1 signals on routes
0-7
DB44
E1/T1 (8-15) E1/T1 port, used to transmit and
receive the E1/T1 signals on routes
8-15
DB44
E1/T1 (16-23) E1/T1 port, used to transmit and
receive the E1/T1 signals on routes
16-23
DB44
E1/T1 (24-31) E1/T1 port, used to transmit and
receive the E1/T1 signals on routes
24-31
DB44
2M0 One of the two clock signal output
ports, used to extract the 2 MHz line
clock signals from the upper-level
devices, send them to the GGCU, and
take them as the system clock source.
SMB male connector
2M1 One of the two clock signal output
ports, used to extract the 2 MHz line
clock signals from the upper-level
devices, send them to the GGCU, and
take them as the system clock source.
SMB male connector
9 BSC Boards
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
9-88 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 227/310
9.22.5 DIP Switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa)
The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. They have the same types of DIP
switches: S2, S4, S6, S8, and S10.
Figure 9-28 shows the DIP switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG.
Figure 9-28 DIP switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG
S10
1
2
ON
OFF
S4
S21 8
8 1
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
S6
S81 8
8 1
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
(1) Sub-board (2) Bottom plate
NOTE
l All the DIP switches are located on the front side of the sub-board, and cannot be directly observed
since the sub-board is engaged to the bottom plate with its front side facing the bottom plate.
l The DIP switches, S2, S4, S6, S8, and S10, are set from the side. As shown in Figure 9-28, a square
opening is configured respectively between the S2 and the S4, and between the S8 and the S6 for the
operator to operate these switches. Switch S10 is locates at the right lower corner of the sub-board,
therefore it can be operated from the edge of the sub-board.
The DIP switches, S2, S4, S6, and S8, are used to set the protection grounding of the transmitting
ends of E1/T1 links 0 to 31, and S10 is used to set the E1 balanced mode, E1 unbalanced mode,
or T1 working mode. Table 9-66 and Table 9-67 describe S2, S4, S6, S8, and S10.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-89
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 228/310
Table 9-66 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (75-ohm coaxial cable)
DIPSwitch
DIP Bit Description Switch Status Meaning
S2 1-8 Used to set the protectiongrounding of the transmitting
end of E1/T1 links 24-31
ON 0
S4 1-8 Used to set the protection
grounding of the transmitting
end of E1/T1 links 16-23
ON 0
S6 1-8 Used to set the protection
grounding of the transmitting
end of E1/T1 links 0-7
ON 0
S8 1-8 Used to set the protection
grounding of the transmittingend of E1/T1 links 8-15
ON 0
S10 1-2 Work mode switch,
consisting of two DIP bits.
E1 unbalanced
mode (ON, ON)
(0, 0)
Table 9-67 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (120-ohm twisted pair cable)
DIPSwitch
DIP Bit Description Switch Status Meaning
S2 1-8 Used to set the protection
grounding of the transmitting
end of E1/T1 links 24-31
OFF 1
S4 1-8 Used to set the protection
grounding of the transmitting
end of E1/T1 links 16-23
OFF 1
S6 1-8 Used to set the protection
grounding of the transmitting
end of E1/T1 links 0-7
OFF 1
S8 1-8 Used to set the protectiongrounding of the transmitting
end of E1/T1 links 8-15
OFF 1
S10 1-2 Work mode switch,
consisting of two DIP bits.
E1 balanced mode
(OFF, ON)
(1, 0)
T1 mode (ON,
OFF)
(0, 1)
9 BSC Boards
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
9-90 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 229/310
NOTE
l When the signals are transmitted through a 75-ohm coaxial cable in E1 unbalanced mode, set the DIP
switch to ON and ground the TX end. When the signals are transmitted through a 120-ohm twisted pair
cable in E1 balanced mode or T1 mode, set the DIP switch to OFF and do not ground the TX end.
l By default, all the DIP switches are set for the transmission in E1 balanced mode. That is, all bits of S2, S4, S6, and S8 are set to OFF. Bit 1 of S10 is set to OFF and bit 2 of S10 is set to ON.
9.23 GDPUC
The GDPUC is the CS service processing unit in the BSC. When E1/T1 interface boards are
installed in the GTCS, the GDPUC can be installed in slots 9 to 13. When STM-1 interface
boards are installed in the GTCS, the GDPUC can be installed in slots 1 to 3 and slots 8 to 13.
9.23.1 Functions of the GDPUC(DPUa)
The GDPUC processes voice services and data services.
9.23.2 GDPUC(DPUa) Panel
The components on the GDPUC panel are the LEDs.
9.23.3 LEDs on the GDPUC(DPUa) Panel
The LEDs on the GDPUC panel are labeled RUN, ALM, and ACT respectively.
9.23.1 Functions of the GDPUC(DPUa)
The GDPUC processes voice services and data services.
The GDPUC performs the following functions:
l Encodes and decodes voice signals
l Provides data service rate adaptation
l Provides Tandem Free Operation (TFO) functions
When the calling and called MSs use one voice coding scheme, the voice signals are
encoded only once at the originating MS and decoded only once at the terminating MS.
This reduces repeated encoding and decoding and improves the quality of speech services.
l Provides voice enhancement function
l Detects voice faults automatically
9.23.2 GDPUC(DPUa) Panel
The components on the GDPUC panel are the LEDs.
Figure 9-29 shows the GDPUC panel.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-91
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 230/310
Figure 9-29 GDPUC panel
DPUa
PARC
RUN
ALM
ACT
9.23.3 LEDs on the GDPUC(DPUa) Panel
The LEDs on the GDPUC panel are labeled RUN, ALM, and ACT respectively.
Table 9-68 describes the LEDs on the GDPUC panel.
Table 9-68 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off
for 0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but the board is
faulty.
9 BSC Boards
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
9-92 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 231/310
LED Color Status Meaning
Off There is no power input or the board
is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works properly.
Off There is no power input or the board
is faulty.
9.24 GDPUX
The GDPUX is the GSM Data Processing Unit for eXtensible services. It can be installed in
slots 8-11 in the GMPS; slots 0-3, 8-13, and 14-27 in the GEPS; and slots 0-3, 8-13 in the GTCS.
9.24.1 Functions of the GDPUX(DPUc)
The GDPUX processes voice services and data services.
9.24.2 GDPUX(DPUc) Panel
The components on the GDPUX panel are the LEDs.
9.24.3 LEDs on the GDPUX(DPUc) Panel
The LEDs on the GDPUX panel are RUN, ALM, and ACT.
9.24.1 Functions of the GDPUX(DPUc)
The GDPUX processes voice services and data services.
The GDPUX inherits all the functions of the GDPUC. It performs the following functions:
l Provides format conversion for 3740 IP speech paths and HDLC optimized speech paths
as well as data forwarding
The GDPUX in the GMPS/GEPS performs the function mentioned above in any of the
following configuration modes: BM/TC combined, A over IP and Abis over IP, or A over
IP and Abis over HDLC.
l Encodes and decodes the signals transmitted over a maximum of 960 speech paths
The GDPUX in the GMPS/GEPS performs the function mentioned above in any of the
following configuration modes: BM/TC combined, or A over IP and Abis over TDM. The
GDPUX in the GTCS performs the function mentioned above in the BM/TC separated
configuration mode.
l Provides Tandem Free Operation (TFO) function
When the calling and called MSs use one voice coding scheme, the voice signals are
encoded only once at the originating MS and decoded only once at the terminating MS.
This reduces repeated encoding and decoding and improves the quality of speech services.
l Provides voice enhancement function
l Detects voice faults automatically
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-93
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 232/310
9.24.2 GDPUX(DPUc) Panel
The components on the GDPUX panel are the LEDs.
Figure 9-30 shows the GDPUX panel.
Figure 9-30 GDPUX panel
DPUc
PARC
RUN
ALM
ACT
9.24.3 LEDs on the GDPUX(DPUc) Panel
The LEDs on the GDPUX panel are RUN, ALM, and ACT.
Table 9-69 describes the LEDs on the GDPUX panel.
Table 9-69 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
9 BSC Boards
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
9-94 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 233/310
LED Color Status Meaning
On for 0.125s and off
for 0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but the board is faulty.
Off There is no power input or the
board is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works properly.
Off There is no power input or the
board is faulty.
9.25 GDPUP
The GDPUP is the GSM Data Processing Unit for PS services. It can be installed in slots 8-13
in the GMPS/GEPS.
9.25.1 Functions of the GDPUP(DPUd)
The GDPUP processes the packet services for the BSC.
9.25.2 GDPUP(DPUd) Panel
The GDPUP board has only LEDs on its panel.
9.25.3 LEDs on the GDPUP(DPUd) Panel
The LEDs on the GDPUP panel are RUN, ALM, and ACT.
9.25.1 Functions of the GDPUP(DPUd)
The GDPUP processes the packet services for the BSC.
The GDPUP performs the following functions:
l
Processes the packet services on up to 1,024 simultaneously active PDCHs where signalsare coded in MCS9
l Processes packet links
l Detects packet faults automatically
9.25.2 GDPUP(DPUd) Panel
The GDPUP board has only LEDs on its panel.
Figure 9-31 shows the GDPUP panel.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-95
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 234/310
Figure 9-31 GDPUP panel
DPUd
PARC
RUN
ALM
ACT
9.25.3 LEDs on the GDPUP(DPUd) Panel
The LEDs on the GDPUP panel are RUN, ALM, and ACT.
Table 9-70 describes the LEDs on the GDPUP panel.
Table 9-70 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for
1s
The board is working.
On for 0.125s and
off for 0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but the board
is faulty.
9 BSC Boards
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
9-96 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 235/310
LED Color Status Meaning
Off There is no power input or the
board is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works properly.
Off There is no power input or the
board is faulty.
9.26 MDMC
The MDMC is the power monitoring communication board for the BSC common power
distribution box. It is configured in the power distribution box at the top of the GBCR/GBSR.
Each power distribution box should be configured with one MDMC.
9.26.1 Functions of the MDMC
The MDMC is used to monitor the BSC power distribution box.
9.26.2 MDMC Panel
The components on the MDMC are the LEDs and mute switch.
9.26.3 LEDs on the MDMC Panel
There are two LEDs on the MDMC panel: RUN and ALM.9.26.4 DIP Switch on the MDMC
There is a DIP switch labeled S2 on the MDMC.
9.26.1 Functions of the MDMC
The MDMC is used to monitor the BSC power distribution box.
The MDMC performs the following functions:
l Detects two -48 V inputs
l Detects signals from one external temperature sensor
l Detects signals from one external humidity sensor
l Detects signals from two lightning protection devices
l Detects the status of six power output switches
l Generates and reports audible and visual alarms
l Communicates with the GSCU, reports the status of the power distribution box, and
exchanges the OM information with the GSCU
9.26.2 MDMC Panel
The components on the MDMC are the LEDs and mute switch.
Figure 9-32 shows the MDMC panel.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-97
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 236/310
Figure 9-32 MDMC panel
RUN
ALM
ON
OFF
1
(1) Mute switch
NOTE
The mute switch is used to control the audible alarm of the power distribution box.
l If you set the switch to ON, the power distribution box generates an audible alarm when it detects a
fault.
l If you set the switch to OFF, the power distribution box does not generate an audible alarm when it
detects a fault.
9.26.3 LEDs on the MDMC Panel
There are two LEDs on the MDMC panel: RUN and ALM.
Table 9-71 describes the LEDs on the MDMC panel.
Table 9-71 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working and
communicating with the GSCU.
On for 0.25s and off
for 0.25s
The board cannot communicate with the
GSCU, or the board is not working.
Off There is no power supply or the power
distribution box is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On There is an alarm. When the board is
starting up, the status indicates that the
ALM indicator functions well.
9 BSC Boards
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
9-98 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 237/310
9.26.4 DIP Switch on the MDMC
There is a DIP switch labeled S2 on the MDMC.
Figure 9-33 shows the DIP switch on the MDMC.
Figure 9-33 DIP switch on the MDMC
S2
1 4ON
OFF
S2 is used to set the address of the MDMC.
To set the address of the MDMC, pull out the MDMC, and then set S2 by referring to Table
9-72.
Table 9-72 Setting of S2
Address DIP Bit Switch Status Meaning
0 1 (the most significant
bit)
ON 0
2 ON 0
3 ON 0
4 (the least significant
bit)
ON 0
NOTE
In the BSC, the DIP switch on the MDMC must be set according to the specifications listed in Table
9-72.
9.27 PAMU
The PAMU is the power monitoring communication board for the BSC high-power distribution
box. It is configured in the power distribution box at the top of the GBCR/GBSR. Each power
distribution box should be configured with one PAMU.
9.27.1 Functions of the PAMU
The PAMU is used to monitor the BSC power distribution box.
9.27.2 PAMU Panel
The components on the PAMU are the LEDs and mute switch.
9.27.3 LEDs on the PAMU Panel
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-99
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 238/310
There are two LEDs on the PAMU panel: RUN and ALM.
9.27.4 DIP Switch on the PAMU
There is a DIP switch labeled SW1 on the PAMU.
9.27.1 Functions of the PAMUThe PAMU is used to monitor the BSC power distribution box.
The PAMU performs the following functions:
l Detects the voltage of six -48 V power inputs and generates alarms (only four inputs are
used by the BSC)
l Detects the status of the power switches for 20 power outputs and reports alarms
l Enables the switchover when faults occur in the serial port communication, and
communicates with the GSCU
l Provides two RS485 and two RS232 asynchronous serial ports
9.27.2 PAMU Panel
The components on the PAMU are the LEDs and mute switch.
Figure 9-34 shows the PAMU panel.
Figure 9-34 PAMU panel
RUN
ALM
MUTE 3
2
1
(1) RUN LED (2) ALM LED (3) Mute switch
9 BSC Boards
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
9-100 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 239/310
NOTE
The mute switch determines whether to turn off the alarm sound of the power distribution box.
l If you set the switch to ON, the power distribution box generates an audible alarm when it detects a
fault.
l If you set the switch to OFF, the power distribution box does not generate an audible alarm when it
detects a fault.
9.27.3 LEDs on the PAMU Panel
There are two LEDs on the PAMU panel: RUN and ALM.
Table 9-73 describes the LEDs on the PAMU panel.
Table 9-73 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working and
communicating with the GSCU.
On for 0.25s and off
for 0.25s
The board cannot communicate with the
GSCU, or the board is not working.
Off There is no power supply or the power
distribution box is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On There is an alarm. When the board isstarting up, the status indicates that the
ALM indicator functions well.
9.27.4 DIP Switch on the PAMU
There is a DIP switch labeled SW1 on the PAMU.
Figure 9-35 shows the DIP switch on the PAMU.
Figure 9-35 DIP switch on the PAMU
SW1
1 4ON
OFF
SW1 (with four bits) is used to set the address of the PAMU.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-101
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 240/310
To set the address of the PAMU, pull out the PAMU, and then set SW1 by referring to Table
9-74.
Table 9-74 Settings of SW1
Address DIP Bit Switch Status Meaning
0 1 (the most significant
bit)
ON 0
2 ON 0
3 ON 0
4 (the least significant
bit)
ON 0
NOTE
In the BSC, the DIP switch on the PAMU must be set according to the specifications listed in Table
9-74.
9.28 PFCU
The PFCU is the fan control unit. It is installed in the front of a fan box. Each fan box must be
configured with one PFCU.
9.28.1 Functions of the PFCUThe PFCU is used to monitor the fan box.
9.28.2 DIP Switch on the PFCU
There is a DIP switch labeled SW1 on the PFCU.
9.28.1 Functions of the PFCU
The PFCU is used to monitor the fan box.
The PFCU performs the following functions:
l Monitors the operating status of the fans and indicates the current status of the fan box
through the LEDs
l Communicates with the GSCU and reports the working status of the fan box
l Detects the temperature of the fan box and collects temperature data through a temperature
sensor
l Provides Pulse-Width Modulation (PWM) control signals for fan speed adjustment
l Reports the operating status and alarms of the fan box through the LEDs
9.28.2 DIP Switch on the PFCU
There is a DIP switch labeled SW1 on the PFCU.
Figure 9-36 shows the DIP switch on the PFCU.
9 BSC Boards
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
9-102 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 241/310
Figure 9-36 DIP switch on the PFCU
1 4
ONOFF
SW1
SW1 (with four bits) is used to set the address of the PFCU.
To set the address of the PFCU, pull out the fan box, and then set SW1 by referring to Table
9-75.
For how to pull out the fan box, refer to Replacing the BSC Fan Box. After the setting, the
address of the PFCU is 1.
Table 9-75 Settings of S1
Address DIP Bit Switch Status Meaning
SW1 1 (the least significant
bit)
OFF 1
2 ON 0
3 ON 0
4 (the most significant
bit)
ON 0
NOTE
In the BSC, the DIP switch on the PFCU must be set according to the specifications listed in Table 9-75.
9.29 PFCB
The PFCB is the fan control board. It is installed in the front of a fan box. Each fan box must be
configured with one PFCB.
9.29.1 Functions of the PFCB
The PFCB is used to monitor the fan box.
9.29.2 Jumper Pins on the PFCB
The PFCB provides eight pairs of pins for jumpers. After being connected to jumpers, these pins
are used to set the address and working mode of the PFCB .
9.29.1 Functions of the PFCB
The PFCB is used to monitor the fan box.
The PFCB performs the following functions:
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-103
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 242/310
l Monitors the operating status of the fans and indicates the current status of the fan box
through the LEDs
l Reports the operating status of the fan box and receives the instructions on adjusting the
fan speed
l Adjusts the fan speed intelligently according to the temperature data collected by thetemperature sensor
l Provides Pulse-Width Modulation (PWM) control signals for fan speed adjustment
l Reports the operating status and alarms of the fan box through the LEDs
9.29.2 Jumper Pins on the PFCB
The PFCB provides eight pairs of pins for jumpers. After being connected to jumpers, these pins
are used to set the address and working mode of the PFCB .
Figure 9-37 shows the jumper pins on the PFCB .
Figure 9-37 Jumper pins on the PFCB
J 2
1 2
1 5
1 6
J 3
To set the address, pull out the fan box. Then, set the jumper pins as described in Table 9-76.
For how to pull out the fan box, refer to Replacing the BSC Fan Box. After the setting, the
address of the PFCB is 1.
Table 9-76 Setting of the pins
PIN NO. 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 13-14 15-16
Whether
the jumper
is inserted
N N N N Y N N N
NOTE
In the BSC, the pins on the PFCB must be set according to the specifications listed in Table 9-76.
9 BSC Boards
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
9-104 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 243/310
9.30 WOPB
The WOPB is the overvoltage protection board in the BSC. It is placed in the power distribution
box. Each Common power distribution box should be configured with one WOPB.
9.30.1 Functions of the WOPB
This describes the functions of the WOPB. The WOPB provides overvoltage protection for the
BSC.
9.30.1 Functions of the WOPB
This describes the functions of the WOPB. The WOPB provides overvoltage protection for the
BSC.
The WOPB performs the following functions:
l Suppresses differential-mode surge voltage
l Suppresses common-mode surge voltage
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 9 BSC Boards
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9-105
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 244/310
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 245/310
10 BSC Cables
About This Chapter
This describes the cables of the BSC.
NOTE
For details on how to install the BSC cables, refer to Installing the BSC Signal Cables and Installing the
Power Cables and PGND Cables of the BSC.
Table 10-1 lists the cables used by the BSC.
Table 10-1 List of BSC cables
Type Cable Name
Power cables and PGND
cables
Power cables and PGND cables for the cabinet
Power cables and PGND cables for the subrack
Other PGND cables
E1/T1 cable Active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable
Active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable
Service interconnection
cable
Inter-GTNU cable
Optical cable LC/PC-LC/PC-single-mode/multi-mode optical cable
LC/PC-FC/PC-single-mode/multi-mode optical cable
LC/PC-SC/PC-single-mode/multi-mode optical cable
Ethernet cable Straight-through Ethernet cable
Crossover cable
Clock cables BITS clock signal cable
Y-shaped clock cable
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
10-1
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 246/310
Type Cable Name
Other signal cables Signal cable
of the alarm box
PDB monitoring signal cable
RS485 communication cable
GOMU serial port cable
10.1 Active/Standby 75-Ohm Coaxial Cable
The active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable is a type of E1/T1 cables. The number of active/standby
75-ohm coaxial cables to be configured depends on site requirements. It transmits E1 signals. It
is used to connect the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT/GEHUB/GEPUG to the DDF or other
NEs.
10.2 Active/Standby 120-Ohm Twisted Pair Cable
The active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable is a type of E1/T1 cable. The number of active/
standby 120-ohm twisted pair cables to be configured depends on site requirements. It transmits
E1/T1 signals. It is used to connect the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT/GEHUB/GEPUG to the
DDF or other NEs.
10.3 Inter-GT NU Cable
The inter-GTNU cable is an optional signal cable. The number of inter-GTNU cables to be
configured de pends on site requirements. The inter-GTNU cable is used to connect the GTNUs
in different subracks.
10.4 LC/PC-LC/PC Single-Mode/Multimode Optical CableThe LC/PC-LC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable is an optional cable in the BSC. The
number of LC/PC-LC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cables to be configured depends on
actual requirements. This cable is used to connect the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT/
GOGUA/GOGUB to the ODF or to other NEs. It can also be used to connect two GOIUTs. It
transmits optical signals.
10.5 LC/PC-FC/PC Single-Mode/Multimode Optical Cable
The LC/PC-FC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable is an optional cable in the BSC. The
number of LC/PC-FC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cables to be configured depends on
actual requirements. This cable is used to connect the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT/
GOGUA/GOGUB to the ODF or to other NEs. It transmits optical signals.
10.6 LC/PC-SC/PC Single-Mode/Multimode Optical Cable
The LC/PC-SC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable is an optional cable in the BSC. The
number of LC/PC-SC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cables to be configured depends on
actual requirements. This cable is used to connect the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT/
GOGUA/GOGUB to the ODF or to other NEs. It transmits optical signals.
10.7 Crossover Cable
The crossover cable is an optional Ethernet cable. The number of crossover cables to be
configured depends on site requirements.
10.8 Straight-Through Cable
The straight-through cable is a mandatory Ethernet cable for the BSC. The number of straight-
through cables to be configured depends on actual requirements.
10 BSC Cables
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
10-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 247/310
10.9 BITS Clock Signal Cable
The BITS clock signal cable is an optional clock cable. The number of BITS clock cables to be
configured depends on actual requirements. This cable is used to transmit BITS clock signals to
the GGCU in the GMPS. Based on the impedance, the BITS clock signal cable is classified into
75-ohm coaxial clock cable and 120-ohm clock conversion cable.
10.10 Y-Shaped Clock Cable
The Y-shaped clock cable is an optional clock cable. The number of Y-shaped clock cables to
be configured depends on actual requirements. This cable is used to transmit the 8 kHz clock
signals from the GGCU in the GMPS to the GSCU in the GEPS.
10.11 Signal cable of the alarm box
The signal cable of the alarm box is a type of signal cables. It comes in multiple specifications.
You can choose one based on actual requirements. The signal cable of the alarm box is used to
transmit the alarm information of the system to the alarm box for audible and visual display.
10.12 PDB monitoring signal cable
The power distribution box (PDB) monitoring signal cable is used to transmit monitoring signalsfrom the PDB to the service subracks.
10.13 EMU RS485 communication cable
The RS485 communication cable is used for the communication between the BSC and the EMU.
10.14 GOMU serial port cable
The GOMU serial port cable is used to connect the GOMU to the local maintenance terminal.
10.15 BSC Power Cable
The BSC power cables are classified into external power cables and internal power cables. The
power cables are mandatory, which consist of -48 V power cables and RTN power cables.
10.16 BSC PGND cable
The BSC PG ND cables consist of the PGND cable for the cabinet, inter-cabinet PGND cable,
PGND cable for the power distribution box, PGND cable for the subracks, and PGND cable for
the cabinet door. All these cables are mandatory.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
10-3
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 248/310
10.1 Active/Standby 75-Ohm Coaxial Cable
The active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable is a type of E1/T1 cables. The number of active/standby
75-ohm coaxial cables to be configured depends on site requirements. It transmits E1 signals. It
is used to connect the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT/GEHUB/GEPUG to the DDF or other
NEs.
Cable Structure
The active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable has 2x8 wires. That is, two active/standby 75-ohm
coaxial cables form one group and each cable contains eight micro coaxial cables. The 16 micro
coaxial cables bear eight E1 RX and TX links.
Figure 10-1 shows the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable.
Figure 10-1 Active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable
Pos.44
Pos.1
1
A
X1 W3
W1
W2
W4
4
X2
B13
2
Pos.44
Pos.1
A
5
3
5
(1) DB44 connector (2) Shell (metal shell of the DB44 connector)
(3) Label 1 (identifying one coaxial cable) (4) Main label (identifying the BOM code, version, and information
about the cable manufacturer)
(5) Label 2 (identifying one coaxial cable)
As shown in Figure 10-1, W3 and W4 are 75-ohm coaxial cables; W1 and W2 are 100-ohm
twisted pair cables; X1 and X2 are DB44 connectors, which should be connected to the active/
standby GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT/GEHUB/GEPUG.
Table 10-2 describes the mapping between the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable and the pins
of the DB44 connector.
10 BSC Cables
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
10-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 249/310
Table 10-2 Mapping between the micro coaxial cables and the pins of the DB44 connector
X1 W3 Remarks
X1 W4 Remarks
Pin of
DB44Connector
Signal Micro
CoaxialCable
Pin of
DB44Connector
Signal Micro
CoaxialCable
38 Ring 1 R1 15 Ring 1 T1
23 Tip 30 Tip
37 Ring 2 R2 14 Ring 2 T2
22 Tip 29 Tip
36 Ring 3 R3 13 Ring 3 T3
21 Tip 28 Tip
35 Ring 4 R4 12 Ring 4 T4
20 Tip 27 Tip
34 Ring 5 R5 11 Ring 5 T5
19 Tip 26 Tip
33 Ring 6 R6 10 Ring 6 T6
18 Tip 25 Tip
32 Ring 7 R7 9 Ring 7 T7
17 Tip 24 Tip
31 Ring 8 R8 8 Ring 8 T8
16 Tip 7 Tip
Shell Outer Braid of Whole Cable Shell Outer Braid of Whole Cable
NOTE
As listed in Table 10-2, T1 indicates the first-route TX link, and R1 indicates the first-route RX link.
Similarly, RN indicates the Nth-route RX link, and TN indicates the Nth-route TX link.
Table 10-3 describes the signals of the micro coaxial cables listed in Table 10-2.
Table 10-3 Mapping between the signals and the bearing media
Signal Label Bearing Media
Ring Shielding layer of the coaxial cable
Tip Wire of the coaxial cable
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
10-5
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 250/310
Table 10-4 describes the mapping between the 100-ohm twisted pair cables (W1 and W2) and
the pins of the DB44 connector.
Table 10-4 Mapping between the twisted pair cables and the pins of the DB44 connector
W2 W1
Pin of X1Connector
Pin of X2Connector
Remarks Pin of X1Connector
Pin of X2Connector
Remarks
38 38 PAIR 15 15 PAIR
23 23 30 30
37 37 PAIR 14 14 PAIR
22 22 29 29
36 36 PAIR 13 13 PAIR
21 21 28 28
35 35 PAIR 12 12 PAIR
20 20 27 27
34 34 PAIR 11 11 PAIR
19 19 26 26
33 33 PAIR 10 10 PAIR
18 18 25 25
32 32 PAIR 9 9 PAIR
17 17 24 24
31 31 PAIR 8 8 PAIR
16 16 7 7
Shell Shell Braid Shell Shell Braid
NOTE
As listed in Table 10-4, PAIR indicates a pair of twisted pair cables, and Braid indicates the outer shielding
layer of the twisted pair cable.
Installation Position
The two DB44 connectors at one end of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable are fixed to
the active and standby boards (GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT/GEHUB/GEPUG. The other
end of the 75-ohm active/standby coaxial cable is connected to the DDF, and then to other NEs
through a transmission device. Alternatively, the other end of the 75-ohm active/standby coaxial
cable is directly connected to an NE.
Figure 10-2 shows the installation position of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable.
10 BSC Cables
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
10-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 251/310
Figure 10-2 Installation position of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable
DDF75-ohm coaxial cable
(active/standby)
EIUa
PARC
E 1 / T 1 ( 0 ~ 7 )
E 1 / T 1 ( 1 6 ~ 2 3 )
E 1 / T 1 ( 2 4 ~ 3 1 )
E 1 / T 1
( 8 ~ 1 5 )
EIUa
PARC
E 1 / T 1 ( 0 ~ 7 )
E 1 / T 1 ( 1 6 ~ 2 3 )
E 1 / T 1 ( 2 4 ~ 3 1 )
E 1 / T 1 ( 8 ~ 1 5 )
DB44
connector
DB44
connector
Active Standby
10.2 Active/Standby 120-Ohm Twisted Pair Cable
The active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable is a type of E1/T1 cable. The number of active/
standby 120-ohm twisted pair cables to be configured depends on site requirements. It transmits
E1/T1 signals. It is used to connect the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT/GEHUB/GEPUG to the
DDF or other NEs.
Cable Structure
Figure 10-3 shows the active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
10-7
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 252/310
Figure 10-3 Active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable
Pos.44
Pos.1
1
A
X1 W3
W1
W2
W4
4
X
2
B
13
2
Pos.44
Pos.1
A
5
3
5
B
(1) DB44 connector (2) Shell (metal shell of the DB44 connector)
(3) Label 1 (identifying one twisted pair cable) (4) Main label (identifying the BOM code, version, and
manufacturer information about the cable)
(5) Label 2 (identifying one twisted pair cable)
As shown in Figure 10-3, W3 and W4 are 120-ohm twisted pair cables; W1 and W2 are 100-
ohm twisted pair cables; X1 and X2 are DB44 connectors, which should be connected to the
active and standby boards.
Table 10-5 describes the mapping between the active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable and
the pins of the DB44 connector.
Table 10-5 Mapping between the 120-ohm twisted pair cables and the pins of the DB44
connector
X1 W3 Color X1 W4 Color
Pin ofDB44Connector
Signal Identifier ofTwisted Pair Wire
Pin ofDB44Connector
Signal Identifier ofTwisted Pair Wire
38 Ring/R- R1 Blue 15 Ring/R- T1 Blue
23 Tip/R+ White 30 Tip/R+ White
37 Ring/R- R2 Orange 14 Ring/R- T2 Orange
22 Tip/R+ White 29 Tip/R+ White
36 Ring/R- R3 Green 13 Ring/R- T3 Green
21 Tip/R+ White 28 Tip/R+ White
35 Ring/R- R4 Brown 12 Ring/R- T4 Brown
20 Tip/R+ White 27 Tip/R+ White
10 BSC Cables
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
10-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 253/310
X1 W3 Color X1 W4 Color
Pin ofDB44Connector
Signal Identifier ofTwisted Pair Wire
Pin ofDB44Connector
Signal Identifier ofTwisted Pair Wire
34 Ring/T- R5 Gray 11 Ring/T- T5 Gray
19 Tip/T+ White 26 Tip/T+ White
33 Ring/T- R6 Blue 10 Ring/T- T6 Blue
18 Tip/T+ Red 25 Tip/T+ Red
32 Ring/T- R7 Orange 9 Ring/T- T7 Orange
17 Tip/T+ Red 24 Tip/T+ Red
31 Ring/T- R8 Green 8 Ring/T- T8 Green
16 Tip/T+ Red 7 Tip/T+ Red
Shell Outer Braid of Whole Cable Shell Outer Braid of Whole Cable
NOTE
In Table 10-5, either R- and R+ or T- and T+ stand for a pair of transmission and reception signals.
Table 10-6 describes the signals listed in Table 10-5.
Table 10-6 Pins at both ends of the twisted pair cable
Signal Label Bearing Media
Ring/R- One wire of a twisted pair transmitting E1/T1 signals to the BSC
Tip/R+ One wire of a twisted pair transmitting E1/T1 signals to the BSC
Ring/T- One wire of a twisted pair transmitting E1/T1 signals from the
BSC
Tip/T+ One wire of a twisted pair transmitting E1/T1 signals from the
BSC
Table 10-7 describes the mapping between the 100-ohm twisted pair cables (W1 and W2) and
the pins of the DB44 connector.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
10-9
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 254/310
Table 10-7 Mapping between the twisted pair cables and the pins of the DB44 connector
Twisted Pair Cable W2 Remarks Twisted Pair Cable W1 Remarks
Pin of X1
Connector
Pin of X2
Connector
Pin of X1
Connector
Pin of X2
Connector
38 38 PAIR 15 15 PAIR
23 23 30 30
37 37 PAIR 14 14 PAIR
22 22 29 29
36 36 PAIR 13 13 PAIR
21 21 28 28
35 35 PAIR 12 12 PAIR
20 20 27 27
34 34 PAIR 11 11 PAIR
19 19 26 26
33 33 PAIR 10 10 PAIR
18 18 25 25
32 32 PAIR 9 9 PAIR
17 17 24 24
31 31 PAIR 8 8 PAIR
16 16 7 7
Shell Shell Braid Shell Shell Braid
NOTE
As listed in Table 10-7, PAIR indicates a pair of twisted pair cables, and Braid indicates the outer shielding
layer of the twisted pair cable.
Installation Position
The two DB44 connectors at one end of the active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable are fixed
to the active and standby boards (GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT/GEHUB/GEPUG). The other
end of the active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable is connected to the DDF, and then to other
NEs through a transmission device. Alternatively, the other end of the active/standby 120-ohm
twisted pair cable is directly connected to an NE.
Figure 10-4 shows the installation position of the active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable.
10 BSC Cables
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
10-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 255/310
Figure 10-4 Installation position of the active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable
120-ohm twisted pair
cable (active/standby)
DDF
EIUa
PARC
E 1 / T 1 ( 0 ~ 7 )
E 1 / T 1 ( 1 6 ~ 2 3 )
E 1 / T 1 ( 2 4 ~ 3 1 )
E 1 / T 1 ( 8 ~ 1 5 )
EIUa
PARC
E 1 / T 1 ( 0 ~ 7 )
E 1 / T 1 ( 1 6 ~ 2 3 )
E 1 / T 1 ( 2 4 ~ 3 1 )
E 1 / T
1 ( 8 ~ 1 5 )
DB44
connector
DB44
connector
10.3 Inter-GTNU Cable
The inter-GTNU cable is an optional signal cable. The number of inter-GTNU cables to be
configured depends on site requirements. The inter-GTNU cable is used to connect the GTNUs
in different subracks.
Appearance
Figure 10-5 shows the inter-GTNU cable.
Figure 10-5 Inter-GTNU cable
(1) DB14 (2) Label (identifying a group of twisted pair cables)
(3) Main label (identifying the BOM code, version, and
information about the cable manufacturer)
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
10-11
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 256/310
Installation Position
The two DB14 connectors at one end of the cable are fixed to the active and standby GTNUs inone subrack. The two DB14 connectors at the other end of the cable are fixed to the active and
standby GTNUs in another subrack.
Figure 10-6 shows the installation position of the inter-GTNU cable.
Figure 10-6 Installation position of the inter-GTNU cable
TNUa
PARC
T N M 5
T N M 4
T N M 0
T N M 1
T
N M 2
T N M 3
TNUa
PARC
T N M 5
T N M 4
T N M 0
T N M 1
T
N M 2
T N M 3
Standby
TNUa
PARC
T N M 5
T N M 4
T N M 0
T N M 1
T N M 2
T N M 3
TNUa
PARC
T N M 5
T N M 4
T N M 0
T N M 1
T
N M 2
T N M 3
Active
A subrack B subrack
Inter-GTNU cable
DB14
connectors
DB14
connectors
Active Standby
10.4 LC/PC-LC/PC Single-Mode/Multimode Optical Cable
The LC/PC-LC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable is an optional cable in the BSC. The
number of LC/PC-LC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cables to be configured depends onactual requirements. This cable is used to connect the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT/
10 BSC Cables
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
10-12 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 257/310
GOGUA/GOGUB to the ODF or to other NEs. It can also be used to connect two GOIUTs. It
transmits optical signals.
NOTE
l One end of the optical cable connected to the board on the BSC side uses an LC/PC optical connector.
The other end of the optical cable can use an LC/PC, FC/PC, or SC/PC connector as required.
l In practice, two optical cables form one pair. Both ends of each cable in the pair should be attached
with temporary labels. If one end of the cable is connected to the TX port, the other end should be
connected to the RX port, and vice versa.
l The TX and RX ends of each optical cable must be connected correctly. Otherwise, signal transmission
may fail.
CAUTION
To prevent signal attenuation and optical return loss as well as to improve transmission quality,
you should not use single-mode optical cables and multimode optical cables together to connect
telecommunications equipment.
Appearance
Figure 10-7 shows the LC/PC-LC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable.
Figure 10-7 LC/PC-LC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable
LC/PC optical connector LC/PC optical connector
Installation Position
One end of the optical cable is connected to the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT/GOGUA/
GOGUB. The other end of the optical cable is connected to the ODF, and is then connected to
other NEs through a transmission device, or is directly connected to an NE. This cable can also
be used to connect two GOIUTs.
Figure 10-8 shows the installation position of the LC/PC-LC/PC single-mode/multimode opticalcable.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
10-13
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 258/310
Figure 10-8 Installation position of the LC/PC-LC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable
LC/PC optical connector LC/PC optical connector
GOIUa
PARC
T E S T O U T
2 M 0
2 M 1
RX
LOS
TXODF
10.5 LC/PC-FC/PC Single-Mode/Multimode Optical Cable
The LC/PC-FC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable is an optional cable in the BSC. The
number of LC/PC-FC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cables to be configured depends on
actual requirements. This cable is used to connect the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT/
GOGUA/GOGUB to the ODF or to other NEs. It transmits optical signals.
NOTE
l One end of the optical cable connected to the board on the BSC side uses an LC/PC optical connector.The other end of the optical cable can use an LC/PC, FC/PC, or SC/PC connector as required.
l In practice, two optical cables form one pair. Both ends of each cable in the pair should be attached
with temporary labels. If one end of the cable is connected to the TX port, the other end should be
connected to the RX port, and vice versa.
l The TX and RX ends of each optical cable must be connected correctly. Otherwise, signal transmission
may fail.
10 BSC Cables
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
10-14 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 259/310
CAUTION
To prevent signal attenuation and optical return loss as well as to improve transmission quality,
you should not use single-mode optical cables and multimode optical cables together to connecttelecommunications equipment.
Appearance
Figure 10-9 shows the LC/PC-FC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable.
Figure 10-9 LC/PC-FC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable
LC/PC optical connector FC/PC optical connector
Installation Position
One end of the optical cable with an LC/PC connector is fixed to the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/
GOIUT/GOGUA/GOGUB. The other end of the optical cable with an FC/PC connector is fixed
to the ODF, and is then linked to other NEs through a transmission device, or is directly linked
to an NE.
Figure 10-10 shows the installation position of the LC/PC-FC/PC single-mode/multimode
optical cable.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
10-15
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 260/310
Figure 10-10 Installation position of the LC/PC-FC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable
LC/PC optical connector FC/PC optical connector
OIUa
PARC
RUN
ALM
ACT
T E S T O U T
2 M 0
2 M 1
RX
LOS
TXODF
10.6 LC/PC-SC/PC Single-Mode/Multimode Optical Cable
The LC/PC-SC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable is an optional cable in the BSC. The
number of LC/PC-SC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cables to be configured depends on
actual requirements. This cable is used to connect the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT/
GOGUA/GOGUB to the ODF or to other NEs. It transmits optical signals.
NOTE
l
One end of the optical cable connected to the board on the BSC side uses an LC/PC optical connector.The other end of the optical cable can use an LC/PC, FC/PC, or SC/PC connector as required.
l In practice, two optical cables form one pair. Both ends of each cable in the pair should be attached
with temporary labels. If one end of the cable is connected to the TX port, the other end should be
connected to the RX port, and vice versa.
l The TX and RX ends of each optical cable must be connected correctly. Otherwise, signal transmission
may fail.
10 BSC Cables
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
10-16 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 261/310
CAUTION
To prevent signal attenuation and optical return loss as well as to improve transmission quality,
you should not use single-mode optical cables and multimode optical cables together to connecttelecommunications equipment.
Appearance
Figure 10-11 shows the LC/PC-SC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable.
Figure 10-11 LC/PC-SC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable
LC/PC optical connector SC/PC optical connector
Installation Position
One end of the optical cable with an LC/PC connector is fixed to the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/
GOIUT/GOGUA/GOGUB. The other end of the optical cable with an SC/PC connector is fixed
to the ODF, and is then linked to other NEs through a transmission device, or is directly linked
to an NE.
Figure 10-12 shows the installation position of the LC/PC-SC/PC single-mode/multimodeoptical cable.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
10-17
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 262/310
Figure 10-12 Installation position of the LC/PC-SC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable
LC/PC optical connector SC/PC optical connector
OIUa
PARC
RUN
ALM
ACT
T E S T O U T
2 M 0
2 M 1
RX
LOS
TXODF
10.7 Crossover Cable
The crossover cable is an optional Ethernet cable. The number of crossover cables to be
configured depends on site requirements.
AppearanceFigure 10-13 shows the crossover cable.
10 BSC Cables
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
10-18 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 263/310
Figure 10-13 Crossover cable
B
81
X1 X2
B
Pin Assignment
Table 10-8 describes the pins at both ends of the crossover cable.
Table 10-8 Pins at both ends of the crossover cable
X1 End Wire Color X2 End Wire Color
X1-1 White and orange X2-1 White and green
X1-2 Orange X2-2 Green
X1-3 White and green X2-3 White and orange
X1-4 Blue X2-4 Blue
X1-5 White and blue X2-5 White and blue
X1-6 Green X2-6 Orange
X1-7 White and brown X2-7 White and brown
X1-8 Brown X2-8 Brown
10.8 Straight-Through Cable
The straight-through cable is a mandatory Ethernet cable for the BSC. The number of straight-
through cables to be configured depends on actual requirements.
When the BSC is configured with the GBAM, the straight-through cable is used to connect:
l The GSCU to the GBAM
l The GBAM to the LAN switch
l The LAN switch to the M2000 (LAN)
l The LAN switch to the LMT computer of the BSC
l The LAN switch to the CBC
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
10-19
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 264/310
When the BSC is configured with the GOMU, the straight-through cable is used to connect:
l Connect the GSCUs in different subracks
l The GOMU to the LAN of the customer
l The GXPUM to the CBC
Appearance
Figure 10-14 shows the straight-through cable.
Figure 10-14 Straight-through cable
B
8
1
X1 X2
B
Pin Assignment
Table 10-9 describes the pins at both ends of the straight-through cable.
Table 10-9 Pins at both ends of the straight-through cable
X1 End Wire Color X2 End Wire Color
X1-1 White and orange X2-1 White and orange
X1-2 Orange X2-2 Orange
X1-3 White and green X2-3 White and green
X1-4 Blue X2-4 Blue
X1-5 White and blue X2-5 White and blue
X1-6 Green X2-6 Green
X1-7 White and brown X2-7 White and brown
X1-8 Brown X2-8 Brown
10 BSC Cables
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
10-20 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 265/310
Installation Position (Configuration Type A)
l When straight-through cables are used to connect the active and standby GSCUs in the
GMPS to the GBAM, one end of one straight-through cable is connected to the active
GSCU, and the other end of the cable is connected to one internal Ethernet port on the
GBAM. (Both ends of each straight-through cable are RJ45 connectors.) One end of the
other straight-through cable is connected to the standby GSCU, and the other end of the
cable is connected to the other internal Ethernet port on the GBAM. Figure 10-15 shows
the installation position of the straight-through cable.
Figure 10-15 Connections between the GSCUs and the GBAM
RE
SE
T
GSCU
C O
M
0
ACTLINK
ACTLINK
ACTLINK
21
3
4567
89
1011
RE
SE
T
GSCU
C O
M
0
ACTLINK
ACTLINK
ACTLINK
21
3
4567
89
1011
Active Standby
+
-
+
-
GMPS
Straight-through cable
Straight-through cable
l When the straight-through cable is used to connect the GBAM to the LAN switch, one end
of the cable is connected to port 2 on the LAN switch, and the other end of the cable is
connected to an external Ethernet port on the GBAM. Figure 10-16 shows the installation
position of the straight-through cable.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
10-21
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 266/310
Figure 10-16 Connection between the GBAM and the LAN switch
Straight-through cable
Port 2
l When the straight-through cable is used to connect the LAN switch to the M2000 (LAN),
one end of the cable is connected to port 24 on the LAN switch, and the other end of the
cable is connected to the M2000 (LAN). Figure 10-17 shows the installation position of
the straight-through cable.
Figure 10-17 Connection between the LAN switch and the M2000 (LAN)
Quidway
S3500 Series
LAN switch
M2000Straight-through cable
Port 24
l When the straight-through cable is used to connect the LAN switch to the BSC LMT
computer, one end of the cable is connected to port 22 on the LAN switch, and the other
end of the cable is connected to the BSC LMT computer. Figure 10-18 shows theinstallation position of the straight-through cable.
10 BSC Cables
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
10-22 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 267/310
Figure 10-18 Connection between the LAN switch and the BSC LMT computer
Straight-through cable
QuidwayS3500 Series
LAN switch
LMT
Port 22
l When the straight-through cable is used to connect the LAN switch to the CBC, one end
of the cable is connected to port 20 on the LAN switch, and the other end of the cable is
connected to the corresponding Ethernet port of the CBC. Figure 10-19 shows theinstallation position of the straight-through cable.
Figure 10-19 Connection between the LAN switch and the CBC
Quidway
S3500 Series
LAN switch
CBC Straight-through cable
Port 20
Installation Position (Configuration Type B)
l The Straight-through cable is used to connect the GSCUs in different subracks.
Figure 10-20 shows the installation position of the Straight-through cable.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
10-23
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 268/310
Figure 10-20 Installation position of the Straight-through cable between the GSCUs
GSCU
PARC
RUN
ALM
ACT
C O M
TESTOUT
C L K I N
ACTLINK
1 0 / 1 0 0 / 1 0 0 0 B A S E - T
RESET
ACTLINK
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
11
10
ACTLINK
GSCU
PARC
RUN
ALM
ACT
C O M
TESTOUT
C L K I N
ACT
LIN
K
1 0 / 1 0 0 / 1 0 0 0 B A S E - T
RESET
ACTLINK
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
11
10
ACTLINK
A subrack B subrack
GSCU
PARC
RUN
ALM
ACT
C O M
TESTOUT
C L K I N
ACTLINK
1 0 / 1 0 0 / 1
0 0 0 B A S E - T
RESET
ACTLINK
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
11
10
ACTLINK
GSCU
PARC
RUN
ALM
ACT
C O M
TESTOUT
C L K I N
ACTLINK
1 0 / 1 0 0 / 1
0 0 0 B A S E - T
RESET
ACTLINK
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
11
10
ACTLINK
Active Active StandbyStandby
BSC
Straight-
through
cable
l When the straight-through cable is used to connect the GOMU to the LAN of the customer,
one end of the cable is connected to port 0 or port 1 on the GOMU, and the other end of
the cable is connected to the Ethernet port of the LAN of the customer. Figure 10-21 shows
the installation position of the straight-through cable.
10 BSC Cables
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
10-24 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 269/310
Figure 10-21 Connection between the GOMU and the LAN of the customer
Office LANOMUb
POMU
NOTE
The number of Ethernet cables used to connect the active and standby GOMUs to the LAN of the
customer can be two or four, depending on the customer's requirement.
l When the straight-through cable is used to connect the GXPUM to the CBC, one end of
the cable is connected to the Ethernet port on the GXPUM panel, and the other end of the
cable is connected to an Ethernet port of the CBC. Figure 10-22 shows the installation
position of the straight-through cable.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
10-25
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 270/310
Figure 10-22 Connection between the GXPUM and the CBC
XPUa
PARC
RUN
ALM
ACT
1 0 / 1 0 0 / 1 0 0 0 B A S E - T
ACTLINK
0
1
2
3
CBC
10.9 BITS Clock Signal Cable
The BITS clock signal cable is an optional clock cable. The number of BITS clock cables to be
configured depends on actual requirements. This cable is used to transmit BITS clock signals to
the GGCU in the GMPS. Based on the impedance, the BITS clock signal cable is classified into
75-ohm coaxial clock cable and 120-ohm clock conversion cable.
10 BSC Cables
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
10-26 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 271/310
Appearance
Figure 10-23 shows the 75-ohm coaxial clock cable.
Figure 10-23 75-ohm coaxial clock cable1 2
(1) SMB connector (2) Label
Figure 10-24 shows the 120-ohm clock conversion cable.
Figure 10-24 120-ohm clock conversion cable
1 2 2
(1) SMB connector (2) Label
NOTE
There are two SMB connectors at one end of the 120-ohm clock conversion cable. Only one SMB connector
is used. The other SMB connector is bound on the wire bushing with a cable tie. Pay attention to the
connection when using the 120-ohm clock conversion cable.
Installation Position
One end of the BITS clock signal cable is connected to the CLKIN0 or CLKIN1 port on the
GGCU panel, and the other end is connected to the BITS clock port.
Figure 10-25 shows the installation position of the BITS clock signal cable.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
10-27
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 272/310
Figure 10-25 Installation position of the BITS clock signal cable
BITS
clock
BITS
clock
Active Standby
GCUa
PARC
RUN
ALM
ACT
8
9
C O M 0
C O M 1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
C L K O U T
T E S T I N
T E S T O U T
C L K L I N 1 C L K L I N 0
GCUa
PARC
RUN
ALM
ACT
8
9
C O M 0
C O M 1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
C L K O U T
T E S T I N
T E S T O U T
C L K L I N 1 C L K L I N 0
10.10 Y-Shaped Clock Cable
The Y-shaped clock cable is an optional clock cable. The number of Y-shaped clock cables to
be configured depends on actual requirements. This cable is used to transmit the 8 kHz clock
signals from the GGCU in the GMPS to the GSCU in the GEPS.
NOTE
You need not use the Y-shaped clock cable if the GEPS is not configured in the BSC.
Appearance
Figure 10-26 shows the Y-shaped clock cable.
10 BSC Cables
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
10-28 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 273/310
Figure 10-26 Y-shaped clock cable
11
2
1
8 1
8
1
8
W2
W3
X2
X3
W1X1
(1) Label (identifying a group of twisted pair cables) (2) RJ45 connector
Installation Position
One end of the Y-shaped clock cable with an RJ45 connector is fixed to the GSCU in the GEPS.
The other end with two RJ45 connectors is fixed to the active and standby GGCUs in the GMPS.
Figure 10-27 shows the installation position of the Y-shaped clock cable.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
10-29
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 274/310
Figure 10-27 Installation position of the Y-shaped clock cable
GEPS
GCUa
PARC
RUN
ALM
ACT
8
9
C O M
0
C O
M 1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
C L K O U T
T E S T I
N
T E S T O U
T
C L K L I N
1
C L K L I N
0
GCUa
PARC
RUN
ALM
ACT
8
9
C O M
0
C O
M 1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
C L K O U T
T E S T I
N
T E S T O U
T
C L K L I N
1
C L K L I N
0
SCUa
PARC
RUN
ALM
ACT
C O M
TESTOUT
C L K I N
ACTLINK
1 0 / 1 0 0 / 1 0 0 0 B A S E - T
RESET
ACTLINK
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
11
10
ACTLINK
GMPS
Active Standby
SCUa
PARC
RUN
ALM
ACT
C O M
TESTOUT
C L K I N
ACTLINK
1 0 / 1 0 0 / 1 0 0 0 B A S E - T
RESET
ACTLINK
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
11
10
ACTLINK
Active Standby
Y-shapedclock cable
Y-shaped
clock cable
10.11 Signal cable of the alarm box
The signal cable of the alarm box is a type of signal cables. It comes in multiple specifications.
You can choose one based on actual requirements. The signal cable of the alarm box is used to
transmit the alarm information of the system to the alarm box for audible and visual display.
10 BSC Cables
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
10-30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 275/310
Appearance
One end of the signal cable is an RJ45 connector, and the other end is a DB9 or DB25 connector.
Use the DB9 or DB25 connector in accordance with the site survey report. The following
description takes the alarm box signal cable with a DB9 connector as an example.
Figure 10-28 shows the alarm box signal cable.
Figure 10-28 Alarm box signal cable
A
A8
1
5C
16
9
C
DB9 connector RJ45 crystal connector
Pin Assignment
Table 10-10 describes the pins of the alarm box signal cable.
Table 10-10 Pins of the alarm box signal cable
RJ45 DB9
3 5
5 2
6 3
Installation Position
One end of the signal cable with an RJ45 connector is fixed to the input serial port of the alarm
box. The other end of the signal cable with a DB9 or DB25 connector is fixed to the serial port
on the LMT.
Figure 10-29 shows the installation position of the signal cable of the alarm box.
Figure 10-29 Installation position of the signal cable of the alarm box
Serial port
LMT
Alarm box
Alarm input
serial port
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
10-31
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 276/310
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 277/310
Table 10-12 Pins of the PDB monitoring signal cable
Signal Label Pin Assignment
Tx+ Positive phase signal transmitted
Tx- Negative phase signal transmitted
Rx+ Positive phase signal received
Rx- Negative phase signal received
Installation Position
One end of the PDB monitoring signal cable with a DB15 connector is fixed to the service
subrack port on the PDB. The other end of the PDB monitoring signal cable with a DB9 connector
is fixed to the MONITOR socket on the metal shielding board of the subrack that is located atthe bottom of the BSC cabinet.
Figure 10-31 shows the installation positions of the PDB monitoring signal cable.
Figure 10-31 Installation positions of the PDB monitoring signal cable
Power
distribution box
Service subrack
MONITOR
Port connecting the power
distribution box to a service subrack
… …
PDB monitoring
signal cable
NOTE
When a cabinet is configured with multiple subracks, you should configure the subracks from bottom to
top. Therefore, the PDB monitoring signal cable is always connected to the subrack at the bottom of the
cabinet.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
10-33
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 278/310
10.13 EMU RS485 communication cable
The RS485 communication cable is used for the communication between the BSC and the EMU.
Appearance
Figure 10-32 shows the RS485 communication cable.
Figure 10-32 RS485 communication cable
A
A8
1
5C
16
9
C
DB9 connector RJ45 crystal connector
Pin Assignment
Table 10-13 lists the pins of the RS485 communication cable.
Table 10-13 Pins of the RS485 communication cable
RJ45 DB9
4 2
1 3
5 6
2 7
Installation Position
One end of the RS485 communication cable with a DB9 male connector is fixed to the DB9
socket on the environment monitoring device. The other end of the RS485 communication cable
with an RJ45 connector is connected to the COM1 port on the BSC common power distribution
box or to the J1 port on the BSC high-power distribution box. as shown inFigure 10-33
10 BSC Cables
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
10-34 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 279/310
Figure 10-33 Connecting the cable between the EMU and the power distribution box of the
cabinet
B A
Power distribution box
Back
The bottom of EMU-2A
The bottom of EMU-2A
NOTE
l The EMU inherits all the functions of the EAC. Compared with the EAC, the EMU has a different
hardware structure.
l One environment monitoring instrument is delivered with one RS485 signal cable (10 m) and one
RS232 signal cable (2 m). Choose one of the signal cables based on actual needs. RS485 is usually
preferred. Use the Ethernet cable as a substitute if the delivered signal cable is not long enough.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
10-35
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 280/310
10.14 GOMU serial port cable
The GOMU serial port cable is used to connect the GOMU to the local maintenance terminal.
Appearance
Figure 10-34 shows the GOMU serial port cable.
Figure 10-34 GOMU serial port cable
X1
1 2
X2
B
BA
W
A
Pos.1
Pos.9
Pos.1
Pos.9
Pin Assignment
Both ends of the GOMU serial port cable should use DB9 female connectors. Table 10-14 lists
the pins of the GOMU serial port cable.
Table 10-14 Pins of the GOMU serial port cable
DB9 DB9
2 3
3 2
5 5
Installation Position
One end of the GOMU serial port cable is connected to the COM serial port on the GOMU. Theother end of the GOMU serial port cable is connected to the serial port on the local maintenance
terminal.
10.15 BSC Power Cable
The BSC power cables are classified into external power cables and internal power cables. The
power cables are mandatory, which consist of -48 V power cables and RTN power cables.
The BSC external power cables need to be installed on site. They are used to lead the power
from the power distribution frame (PDF) to the power distribution box in the BSC. The BSC
internal power cables are installed before delivery. They are used to lead the power from the power distribution box to each board and module in the BSC.
10 BSC Cables
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
10-36 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 281/310
Connections of the Power Cables and PGND Cables (Common Power DistributionBox Configured)
Table 10-15 lists the BSC external power cables.
Table 10-15 List of the BSC external power cables
Name Color Cross-SectionalArea
(Unit:
mm2)
ConnectorType/ InstallationPosition(PowerDistributionBox)
ConnectorType/ InstallationPosition(PDF)
Quantity
Externa
l -48 V power
cable
Blue 25/35 Cord end
terminal/-48 Vinput of the
BSC6000 cabinet
OT
terminal/-48 Voutput of the
2 per cabinet
Externa
l RTN
power
cable
Black 25/35 Cord end
terminal/-48 V
input of the
BSC6000 cabinet
OT
terminal/-48 V
output of the
2 per cabinet
Table 10-16 lists the BSC internal power cables.
Table 10-16 List of the BSC internal power cables
Name Color Cross-SectionalArea
(Unit:
mm2)
ConnectorType/ InstallationPosition(PowerDistributionBox)
ConnectorType/ InstallationPosition(Subrack)
Quantity
Internal
-48 V power
cable
Blue 8 Cord end
terminal/-48 Vinput terminal
OT
terminal/-48 Voutput
terminal
2 per subrack
Internal
RTN
power
cable
Black 8 Cord end
terminal/-48 V
input terminal
OT
terminal/-48 V
output
terminal
2 per subrack
The BSC external power cable and the BSC internal power cable have the same appearance, as
shown in Figure 10-35.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
10-37
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 282/310
Figure 10-35 BSC external/internal power cable
X1 X2
X1:Cord end terminal X2:OT terminal
Connections of the Power Cables and PGND Cables (High-Power Distribution BoxConfigured)
Table 10-17 List of the BSC external power cables
Name Color Cross-SectionalArea
(Unit:
mm2)
ConnectorType/ InstallationPosition(PowerDistributionBox)
ConnectorType/ InstallationPosition(PDF)
Quantity
Externa
l -48 V
power
cable
Blue 25/35 OT terminal/-48
V input of the
BSC6000 cabinet
OT
terminal/-48 V
output of the
2 per cabinet
Externa
l RTN
power
cable
Black 25/35 OT terminal/-48
V input of the
BSC6000 cabinet
OT
terminal/-48 V
output of the
2 per cabinet
Table 10-18 List of the BSC internal power cables
Name Color Cross-SectionalArea
(Unit:
mm2)
ConnectorType/ InstallationPosition(PowerDistributionBox)
ConnectorType/ InstallationPosition(Subrack)
Quantity
Internal
-48 V
power
cable
Blue 8 OT
terminal/-48 V
input terminal
OT
terminal/-48 V
output
terminal
2 per subrack
10 BSC Cables
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
10-38 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 283/310
Name Color Cross-SectionalArea
(Unit:
mm2)
ConnectorType/ InstallationPosition
(PowerDistributionBox)
ConnectorType/ InstallationPosition
(Subrack)
Quantity
Internal
RTN
power
cable
Black 8 OT
terminal/-48 V
input terminal
OT
terminal/-48 V
output
terminal
2 per subrack
Figure 10-36 shows the BSC external power cable or the BSC internal power cable.
Figure 10-36 BSC external/internal power cable
10.16 BSC PGND cable
The BSC PGND cables consist of the PGND cable for the cabinet, inter-cabinet PGND cable,PGND cable for the power distribution box, PGND cable for the subracks, and PGND cable for
the cabinet door. All these cables are mandatory.
Each BSC cabinet must be configured with one PGND cable for the cabinet. For combined
cabinets, adjacent cabinets should be configured with three inter-cabinet PGND cables. All other
PGND cables are installed before delivery.
NOTE
The same types of PGND cables are used regardless of whether the BSC cabinet is configured with the
common power distribution box or with the high-power distribution box.
Table 10-19 lists the BSC PGND cables.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
10-39
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 284/310
Table 10-19 List of the BSC PGND cables
Name Color Cross-SectionalArea
(Unit: mm2)
Connector Type/ Installati
onPosition(OneEnd)
ConnectorType/ Installation
Position(Other End)
Quantity
PGND
cable for
the cabinet
Green and
yellow
25/35 OT
terminal/
grounding
bolt at the
rear of the
BSC
cabinet
top
OT terminal/
PGND output
terminal of the
1 per cabinet
Inter-
cabinet
PGND
cable
Green and
yellow
5 OT
terminal/
PGND
busbar of
the BSC
cabinet
OT terminal/
PGND busbar of
the BSC cabinet
3 for two
adjacent
cabinets
PGND
cable for
the power
distribution box
Green and
yellow
5 OT
terminal/
PGND
busbar of the BSC
cabinet
OT terminal/
PGND port on
the PDB
1 per power
distribution
box
PGND
cable for
the BSC
subrack
Green and
yellow
5 OT
terminal/
PGND
busbar of
the BSC
cabinet
OT terminal/
PGND port of the
subrack
2 per subrack
PGND
cable for
the cabinetdoor
Green and
yellow
5 OT
terminal/
groundingscrew on
the base of
the BSC
cabinet
OT terminal/
grounding screw
on the BSCcabinet door
8 per cabinet
Different types of BSC PGND cables have the same appearance. Figure 10-37 shows the BSC
PGND cable.
10 BSC Cables
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
10-40 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 285/310
Figure 10-37 BSC PGND cable
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 10 BSC Cables
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
10-41
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 286/310
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 287/310
11 LEDs on BSC Parts
About This Chapter
This describes the LEDs on the power distribution box and the panels.
11.1 LEDs on the Front Panel of the BSC Common Power Distribution Box
The LEDs on the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box are labeled RUN and
ALM.
11.2 LEDs on the Front Panel of the BSC High-Power Distribution Box
The LEDs on the front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box are labeled RUN and ALM.
11.3 LEDs on the GDPUC(DPUa) PanelThe LEDs on the GDPUC panel are labeled RUN, ALM, and ACT respectively.
11.4 LEDs on the GDPUP(DPUd) Panel
The LEDs on the GDPUP panel are RUN, ALM, and ACT.
11.5 LEDs on the GDPUX(DPUc) Panel
The LEDs on the GDPUX panel are RUN, ALM, and ACT.
11.6 LEDs on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with diff erent
software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same types of
LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
11.7 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel
The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
11.8 LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel
The physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loaded
with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the
same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, ACT, LINK (for Ethernet port), and ACT (for
Ethernet port).
11.9 LEDs on the GGCU Panel
There are three LEDs on the GGCU panel: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 11 LEDs on BSC Parts
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
11-1
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 288/310
11.10 LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same types of
LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
11.11 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) PanelThe physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. There are four
LEDs on the panel of each of these boards: RUN, ALM, ACT, and LOS.
11.12 LEDs on the GOMU Panel
There are five LEDs on the GOMU panel: RUN, ALM, ACT, OFFLINE, and HD.
11.13 LEDs on the GSCU Panel
There are four types of LEDs on the GSCU panel: the RUN, ALM, and ACT LEDs, and the
LEDs of the Ethernet ports.
11.14 LEDs on the GTNU Panel
There are three LEDs on the GTNU panel: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
11.15 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel
There are four types of LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel: the RUN, ALM, and ACT
LEDs, and the LEDs of the Ethernet ports.
11.16 LEDs on the MDMC Panel
There are two LEDs on the MDMC panel: RUN and ALM.
11.17 LEDs on the PAMU Panel
There are two LEDs on the PAMU panel: RUN and ALM.
11 LEDs on BSC Parts
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
11-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 289/310
11.1 LEDs on the Front Panel of the BSC Common PowerDistribution Box
The LEDs on the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box are labeled RUN and
ALM.
Table 11-1 describes the LEDs on the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box.
Table 11-1 LEDs on the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The MDMC is operating and
communicating with the GSCU.
On for 0.25s and off
for 0.25s
The MDMC is not operating or not
communicating with the GSCU.
Off There is no power supply to the MDMC
or the power distribution box is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On The power distribution box is faulty. The
ALM LED, however, is always on during
the MDMC self-test. It is an indication
that the ALM LED is functional.
NOTE
When the power distribution box is reset, the RUN and ALM LEDs turn on at the same time. Meanwhile,
the monitoring board is performing self-check. As soon as the self-check is complete, the RUN and ALM
LEDs turn off. Then, the RUN and ALM LEDs normally display the operating status of the power
distribution box.
11.2 LEDs on the Front Panel of the BSC High-Power
Distribution Box
The LEDs on the front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box are labeled RUN and ALM.
Table 11-2 describes the LEDs on the front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box.
Table 11-2 LEDs on the front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for
1s
The PAMU is working and communicating
with the GSCU.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 11 LEDs on BSC Parts
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
11-3
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 290/310
LED Color Status Meaning
On for 0.125s and
off for 0.125s
The PAMU is not working or not
communicating with the GSCU.
Off The PAMU has no power input or the power distribution box is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On The power distribution box is faulty. The
ALM LED, however, is always on during the
PAMU self-test. It is an indication that the
ALM LED is functional.
NOTE
When the power distribution box is reset, the RUN and ALM LEDs turn on at the same time. Meanwhile,
the monitoring board is performing self-check. As soon as the self-check is complete, the RUN and ALM
LEDs turn off. Then, the RUN and ALM LEDs normally display the operating status of the power
distribution box.
11.3 LEDs on the GDPUC(DPUa) Panel
The LEDs on the GDPUC panel are labeled RUN, ALM, and ACT respectively.
Table 11-3 describes the LEDs on the GDPUC panel.
Table 11-3 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off
for 0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but the board is
faulty.
Off There is no power input or the boardis faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works properly.
Off There is no power input or the board
is faulty.
11 LEDs on BSC Parts
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
11-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 291/310
11.4 LEDs on the GDPUP(DPUd) Panel
The LEDs on the GDPUP panel are RUN, ALM, and ACT.
Table 11-4 describes the LEDs on the GDPUP panel.
Table 11-4 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for
1s
The board is working.
On for 0.125s and
off for 0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but the board
is faulty.
Off There is no power input or the
board is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works properly.
Off There is no power input or the
board is faulty.
11.5 LEDs on the GDPUX(DPUc) Panel
The LEDs on the GDPUX panel are RUN, ALM, and ACT.
Table 11-5 describes the LEDs on the GDPUX panel.
Table 11-5 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off
for 0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but the
board is faulty.
Off There is no power input or the
board is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 11 LEDs on BSC Parts
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
11-5
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 292/310
LED Color Status Meaning
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works properly.
Off There is no power input or the
board is faulty.
11.6 LEDs on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same types of
LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
Table 11-6 describes the LEDs on the GEHUB/GEPUG panel.
Table 11-6 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off for
0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but the
board is faulty.
Off There is no power input or the
board is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works in active mode.
Off The board works in standby
mode.
11.7 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel
The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
Table 11-7 describes the LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.
11 LEDs on BSC Parts
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
11-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 293/310
Table 11-7 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off for
0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but the
board is faulty.
Off There is no power input or the
board is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works in activemode.
Off The board works in standby
mode.
11.8 LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel
The physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loaded
with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have thesame types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, ACT, LINK (for Ethernet port), and ACT (for
Ethernet port).
Table 11-8 describes the LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.
Table 11-8 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off
for 0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but the board
is faulty.
Off There is no power input or the
board is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works in active mode.
Off The board works in standby mode.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 11 LEDs on BSC Parts
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
11-7
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 294/310
Table 11-9 describes the LEDs of the Ethernet ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.
Table 11-9 LEDs of the Ethernet ports
LED Color Status Meaning
LINK Green On The link is connected.
Off The link is disconnected.
ACT Orange Blinking Data is being transmitted through
the port.
Off No data is being transmitted
through the port.
11.9 LEDs on the GGCU Panel
There are three LEDs on the GGCU panel: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
Table 11-10 describes the three LEDs on the GGCU panel.
Table 11-10 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off for
0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but the
board is faulty.
Off There is no power input or the
board is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works in active
mode.
Off The board works in standby
mode.
11 LEDs on BSC Parts
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
11-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 295/310
11.10 LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. After being loaded with differentsoftware, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same types of
LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
Table 11-11 describes the LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB panel.
Table 11-11 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off for
0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but the
board is faulty.
Off There is no power input or the
board is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works in active mode.
Off The board works in standby
mode.
11.11 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa)Panel
The physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. There are four
LEDs on the panel of each of these boards: RUN, ALM, ACT, and LOS.
Table 11-12 describes the LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.
Table 11-12 LEDs on the board
LED Color
Status Meaning
RUN Gree
n
On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off for
0.125s
The board is loading data.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 11 LEDs on BSC Parts
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
11-9
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 296/310
LED Color
Status Meaning
On There is power input but the board is
faulty.
Off There is no power input or the board is
faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Gree
n
On The board works in active mode.
Off The board works in standby mode.
LOS Gree
n
On The STM-1 port does not receive
signals properly.
Off The STM-1 port receives signals
properly.
11.12 LEDs on the GOMU Panel
There are five LEDs on the GOMU panel: RUN, ALM, ACT, OFFLINE, and HD.
Table 11-13 describes the LEDs on the GOMU panel.
Table 11-13 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off for
0.125s
The board is loading
data.
On There is power input
but the board is faulty.
Off There is no power inputor the board is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works in
active mode.
Off The board works in
standby mode.
11 LEDs on BSC Parts
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
11-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 297/310
LED Color Status Meaning
OFFLINE Blue On The board can be
removed.
Off The board cannot beremoved.
On for 0.125s and off for
0.125s
The status of the board
is switching.
HD Green Blinking The hard disk is
performing read and
write functions.
Off The hard disk is not
performing read and
write functions.
11.13 LEDs on the GSCU Panel
There are four types of LEDs on the GSCU panel: the RUN, ALM, and ACT LEDs, and the
LEDs of the Ethernet ports.
Table 11-14 describes the LEDs on the GSCU panel.
Table 11-14 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off for
0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but the
board is faulty.
Off There is no power input or the
board is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works in active
mode.
Off The board works in standby
mode.
Table 11-15 describes the LEDs of the Ethernet ports on the GSCU panel.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 11 LEDs on BSC Parts
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
11-11
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 298/310
Table 11-15 LEDs of the Ethernet ports
LED Color Status Meaning
LINK Green On LEDs of the Ethernet ports,
indicating that the link isconnected
Off LEDs of the Ethernet ports,
indicating that the link is
disconnected
ACT Green Blinking LEDs of the Ethernet ports,
indicating that there is a data
flow
Off LEDs of the Ethernet ports,
indicating that there is no data
flow
11.14 LEDs on the GTNU Panel
There are three LEDs on the GTNU panel: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
Table 11-16 describes the LEDs on the GTNU panel.
Table 11-16 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off for
0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but the
board is faulty.
Off There is no power input or the
board is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works in active
mode.
Off The board works in standby
mode.
11 LEDs on BSC Parts
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
11-12 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 299/310
11.15 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel
There are four types of LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel: the RUN, ALM, and ACT
LEDs, and the LEDs of the Ethernet ports.
Table 11-17 describes the LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel.
Table 11-17 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working.
On for 0.125s and off for
0.125s
The board is loading data.
On There is power input but the
board is faulty.
Off There is no power input or the
board is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On or blinking There is an alarm.
ACT Green On The board works in active
mode.
Off The board works in standbymode.
NOTE
The functions of the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI Ethernet ports are the same as those of the GSCU Ethernet
ports.
11.16 LEDs on the MDMC Panel
There are two LEDs on the MDMC panel: RUN and ALM.
Table 11-18 describes the LEDs on the MDMC panel.
Table 11-18 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working and
communicating with the GSCU.
On for 0.25s and off
for 0.25s
The board cannot communicate with the
GSCU, or the board is not working.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 11 LEDs on BSC Parts
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
11-13
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 300/310
LED Color Status Meaning
Off There is no power supply or the power
distribution box is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On There is an alarm. When the board is
starting up, the status indicates that the
ALM indicator functions well.
11.17 LEDs on the PAMU Panel
There are two LEDs on the PAMU panel: RUN and ALM.
Table 11-19 describes the LEDs on the PAMU panel.
Table 11-19 LEDs on the board
LED Color Status Meaning
RUN Green On for 1s and off for 1s The board is working and
communicating with the GSCU.
On for 0.25s and off
for 0.25s
The board cannot communicate with the
GSCU, or the board is not working.
Off There is no power supply or the power distribution box is faulty.
ALM Red Off There is no alarm.
On There is an alarm. When the board is
starting up, the status indicates that the
ALM indicator functions well.
11 LEDs on BSC Parts
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
11-14 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 301/310
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 302/310
12.1 DIP Switches on the BSC Subrack
This describes the DIP switch on the BSC subrack. The DIP switch on the BSC subrack is used
to define the numbering of the BSC subrack.
Appearance
Figure 12-1 shows the DIP switches on the BSC subrack.
Figure 12-1 DIP switch on the BSC subrack
ON1 8
Meaning of the DIP Bits
The DIP bits are numbered in ascending order from bit 1 to bit 8. ON represents digit 0 and OFF
represents digit 1. Table 12-1 provides the definitions of the bits.
Table 12-1 Definitions of the DIP bits
DIP Bit Meaning
1 (the least significant bit) Subrack number setting bit
2 Subrack number setting bit
3 Subrack number setting bit
4 Subrack number setting bit
5 Subrack number setting bit
6 Odd parity check bit
7 Reserved, undefined, generally set to 0 (ON)
8 (the most significant
bit)
l For the GMPS, the bit should be set to 1 (OFF).
l For the GEPS and GTCS, the bit should be set to 0 (ON).
Bit 8 (the most significant bit) is used to set the startup mode of the GSCU in the subrack. Thedefinitions of this bit are as follows:
12 DIP Switches on BSC Parts
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
12-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 303/310
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 304/310
Figure 12-2 DIP switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG
S10
1
2
ON
OFF
S4
S21 8
8 1
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
S6
S81 8
8 1
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
(1) Sub-board (2) Bottom plate
NOTE
l All the DIP switches are located on the front side of the sub-board, and cannot be directly observed
since the sub-board is engaged to the bottom plate with its front side facing the bottom plate.
l The DIP switches, S2, S4, S6, S8, and S10, are set from the side. As shown in Figure 12-2, a square
opening is configured respectively between the S2 and the S4, and between the S8 and the S6 for the
operator to operate these switches. Switch S10 is locates at the right lower corner of the sub-board,
therefore it can be operated from the edge of the sub-board.
The DIP switches, S2, S4, S6, and S8, are used to set the protection grounding of the transmittingends of E1/T1 links 0 to 31, and S10 is used to set the E1 balanced mode, E1 unbalanced mode,
or T1 working mode. Table 12-3 and Table 12-4 describe S2, S4, S6, S8, and S10.
Table 12-3 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (75-ohm coaxial cable)
DIPSwitch
DIP Bit Description Switch Status Meaning
S2 1-8 Used to set the protection
grounding of the transmitting
end of E1/T1 links 24-31
ON 0
12 DIP Switches on BSC Parts
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
12-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 305/310
DIPSwitch
DIP Bit Description Switch Status Meaning
S4 1-8 Used to set the protection
grounding of the transmitting
end of E1/T1 links 16-23
ON 0
S6 1-8 Used to set the protection
grounding of the transmitting
end of E1/T1 links 0-7
ON 0
S8 1-8 Used to set the protection
grounding of the transmitting
end of E1/T1 links 8-15
ON 0
S10 1-2 Work mode switch,
consisting of two DIP bits.
E1 unbalanced
mode (ON, ON)
(0, 0)
Table 12-4 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (120-ohm twisted pair cable)
DIPSwitch
DIP Bit Description Switch Status Meaning
S2 1-8 Used to set the protection
grounding of the transmitting
end of E1/T1 links 24-31
OFF 1
S4 1-8 Used to set the protection
grounding of the transmitting
end of E1/T1 links 16-23
OFF 1
S6 1-8 Used to set the protection
grounding of the transmitting
end of E1/T1 links 0-7
OFF 1
S8 1-8 Used to set the protection
grounding of the transmitting
end of E1/T1 links 8-15
OFF 1
S10 1-2 Work mode switch,
consisting of two DIP bits.
E1 balanced mode
(OFF, ON)
(1, 0)
T1 mode (ON,
OFF)
(0, 1)
NOTE
l When the signals are transmitted through a 75-ohm coaxial cable in E1 unbalanced mode, set the DIP
switch to ON and ground the TX end. When the signals are transmitted through a 120-ohm twisted pair
cable in E1 balanced mode or T1 mode, set the DIP switch to OFF and do not ground the TX end.
l By default, all the DIP switches are set for the transmission in E1 balanced mode. That is, all bits of
S2, S4, S6, and S8 are set to OFF. Bit 1 of S10 is set to OFF and bit 2 of S10 is set to ON.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 12 DIP Switches on BSC Parts
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
12-5
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 306/310
12.3 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)
The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different sof tware, the physical boards perform different functions. They have the
same types of DIP switches: S1, S3, S4, S5, and S6.
Figure 12-3 shows the layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.
Figure 12-3 Layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT
1
2ONOFF
ON
OFF
ONOFF
1 8
1 8
1 8
1 8
S6
S5
S4
S3
S1
1 8
ONOFF
ON
OFF
(1) Sub-board (2) Bottom plate
CAUTION
All the DIP switches are located on the front side of the sub-board. The front of the sub-board
faces and fits into the bottom plate. Therefore, you should remove the sub-board before setting
the DIP switches.
Table 12-5 describes the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.
12 DIP Switches on BSC Parts
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
12-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 307/310
Table 12-5 DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT
DIPSwitch
DIPBit
Description Setting for 75-ohm
CoaxialCable
Value ofDIP Bitfor 75-
ohmCoaxialCable
Setting for 120-ohm
TwistedPairCable
Valueof DIPBit for
120-ohmTwisted PairCable
S1 8 Used to select the
impedance on E1/T1
links 0-7
ON 0 OFF 1
7 Used to select the
impedance on E1/T1
links 8-15
ON 0 OFF 1
6 Used to select the
impedance on E1/T1
links 16-23
ON 0 OFF 1
5 Used to select the
impedance on E1/T1
links 24-31
ON 0 OFF 1
1-4 Reserved
S3 1-8 Used to set the
protection grounding of the transmitting end of
E1/T1 links 0-7
ON 0 OFF 1
S4 1-8 Used to set the
protection grounding of
the transmitting end of
E1/T1 links 8-15
ON 0 OFF 1
S5 1-8 Used to set the
protection grounding of
the transmitting end of
E1/T1 links 16-23
ON 0 OFF 1
S6 1-8 Used to set the
protection grounding of
the transmitting end of
E1/T1 links 24-31
ON 0 OFF 1
Table 12-6 describes different switches listed in Table 12-5.
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 12 DIP Switches on BSC Parts
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
12-7
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 308/310
Table 12-6 Switch types related to the DIP bits
DIP Switch Description
E1/T1 impedance selection switch Used to select the logical transmission mode of the
board and to notify the software of the currenttransmission mode
Switch used to set the protection
grounding of the E1/T1 transmitting
end
Used to control the grounding of the transmitting end
of the E1/T1 signals:
l When E1/T1 signals are transmitted through a 75-
ohm coaxial cable in unbalanced transmission
mode, set the DIP bit to ON and ground the TX end.
l When E1/T1 signals are transmitted through a 120-
ohm coaxial cable in balanced transmission mode,
set the DIP bit to OFF and ground the TX end.
NOTE
l By default, the DIP switches are set in 75-ohm coaxial transmission mode.
l The setting for the DIP switches on the active EIUa board must be the same as that for the DIP
switches on the standby EIUa board.
l The receiving ends should not be grounded in either balanced or unbalanced modes.
l Pay attention to the mapping between the two types of DIP switches.
12.4 DIP Switch on the MDMCThere is a DIP switch labeled S2 on the MDMC.
Figure 12-4 shows the DIP switch on the MDMC.
Figure 12-4 DIP switch on the MDMC
S2
1 4ON
OFF
S2 is used to set the address of the MDMC.
To set the address of the MDMC, pull out the MDMC, and then set S2 by referring to Table
12-7.
12 DIP Switches on BSC Parts
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description
12-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 309/310
Table 12-7 Setting of S2
Address DIP Bit Switch Status Meaning
0 1 (the most significant
bit)
ON 0
2 ON 0
3 ON 0
4 (the least significant
bit)
ON 0
NOTE
In the BSC, the DIP switch on the MDMC must be set according to the specifications listed in Table12-7.
12.5 DIP Switch on the PAMU
There is a DIP switch labeled SW1 on the PAMU.
Figure 12-5 shows the DIP switch on the PAMU.
Figure 12-5 DIP switch on the PAMU
SW1
1 4ON
OFF
SW1 (with four bits) is used to set the address of the PAMU.
To set the address of the PAMU, pull out the PAMU, and then set SW1 by referring to Table
12-8.
Table 12-8 Settings of SW1
Address DIP Bit Switch Status Meaning
0 1 (the most significant
bit)
ON 0
2 ON 0
3 ON 0
HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R
BSC Hardware Description 12 DIP Switches on BSC Parts
Issue 01 (2010-01-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
12-9
8/2/2019 BSC6000 Hardware Description
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6000-hardware-description 310/310